GREEN DOT CORP
10-Ks and 10-Qs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
__________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2011
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-34819
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
|
|
95-4766827
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
605 E. Huntington Drive, Suite 205
Monrovia, California 91016
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
|
|
(626) 775-3400
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
||
|
Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value
(Title of each class)
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
(
Name of each exchange on which registered
)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
__________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes
o
No
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
Large accelerated file
r
þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
||||||
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
o
No
þ
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant (assuming for these purposes, but without conceding, that all executive officers, directors and 10% or greater stockholders are "affiliates" of the registrant) as of June 30, 2011, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $911.2 million (based on the closing sale price of the registrant's common stock on that date as reported on the New York Stock Exchange).
There were 30,189,888 shares of Class A common stock, par value $.001 per share, and 5,264,889 shares of Class B common stock, par value $.001 per share, outstanding as of January 31, 2012.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to the registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on or about May 24, 2012, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
|
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed to be forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “continues,” “endeavors,” “strives,” “may” and “assumes,” variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason.
In this report, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, “Green Dot,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Green Dot Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, the term “GPR cards” refers to general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards, the term “prepaid cards” refers to prepaid debit cards and the term “our cards” refers to our Green Dot-branded and co-branded GPR cards. In addition, “prepaid financial services” refers to GPR cards and associated reload services, a segment of the prepaid card industry.
Overview
Green Dot is a leading financial services company providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable, or GPR, prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the United States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services nationwide at approximately 59,000 retail store locations, which provide consumers convenient access to our products and services. Our technology platform, Green PlaNET, provides essential functionality, including point-of-sale connectivity and interoperability with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds transfer networks, and compliance and other capabilities to our Green Dot Network, enabling real-time transactions in a secure environment. The combination of our innovative products, broad retail distribution and proprietary technology creates powerful network effects, which we believe enhance the value we deliver to our customers, our retail distributors and other participants in our network.
We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 as Next Estate Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Green Dot Corporation in October 2005. We completed our initial public offering of Class A common stock in July 2010. In December 2011, we completed our acquisition of Utah-based Bonneville Bancorp, a bank holding company, and its subsidiary commercial bank, Bonneville Bank, which is now legally named Green Dot Bank. As a result of the acquisition, we became a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act, and elected to be treated as a financial holding company. Consequently, we are now regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. In February 2012, our subsidiary bank became a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
We manage our operations and allocate resources as a single operating segment. Financial information regarding our operations, assets and liabilities, including our total operating revenues and net income for the years ended
December 31, 2011
and
2010
, the five month-period ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009 and our total assets as of
December 31, 2011
and
2010
, is included in our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
Our principal executive offices are located at 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205, Monrovia, California 91016, and our telephone number is (626) 739-3942. We maintain a website at www.greendot.com. We make available free of charge, on or through our website via the Investor Relations section at http://ir.greendot.com, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. References to website addresses in this report are intended to be inactive textual references only, and none of the information contained on our website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.
Special Note regarding Bank Acquisition
Pursuant to our commitments to the Federal Reserve Board and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions, our subsidiary bank continues to conduct the same business it conducted prior to the acquisition, including lending in its local community at not less than its pre-acquisition levels at its single Provo, Utah location, under its former legal name, Bonneville Bank. We have also made certain financial commitments with respect to Green Dot Bank, including maintaining a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 15 percent and a 1:1 ratio of cash or cash equivalents to deposits associated with GPR cards. Green Dot Bank has not earned a material amount of net income historically and as of December 31, 2011 had $68.2 million of total assets and
$10.0 million
of net loans. Other than fulfilling our commitment to continue to lend at pre-acquisition levels in Green Dot Bank's local community, we do not expect to engage in lending activity as a result of the bank acquisition.
We believe that our bank acquisition enables us to, among other things, (i) offer consumers FDIC-insured transactional accounts, (ii) issue prepaid card and debit card products linked to those transactional accounts, (iii) offer other types of deposit products, such as savings accounts, and (iv) provide settlement services for our reload network. Over time, we intend to introduce new products or services in each of these categories.
In addition, we believe that our bank acquisition will provide us with the following strategic benefits:
|
•
|
increase our efficiency in introducing and managing potential new products and services, which are more difficult to accomplish with multiple unaffiliated card issuing banks;
|
|
•
|
reduce the risk that we would be negatively impacted by one of the banks that issue our cards changing its
|
1
business practices as a result of, among other things, a change of strategic direction, financial hardship or regulatory developments;
|
•
|
reduce the sponsorship and service fees and other expenses that we incur each year to the third-party banks that issue our cards, and correspondingly create the ability to earn interest income and increase funds available to us to spend on other aspects of our business, including the ability to further reduce consumer pricing; and
|
|
•
|
improve our ability to compete for new program management opportunities, particularly with federal, state, and local government entities that value working with a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
|
Our Business Model
Our business model focuses on four major elements: our consumers; our distribution; our products and services; and our proprietary technology platform, which provides functionality for and connectivity to the Green Dot Network and supports the platform that brings the other three elements together.
Our Consumers
We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily to consumers living in households that earn less than $75,000 annually across the following four consumer segments:
|
•
|
Never-banked
— households in which no one has ever had a bank account;
|
|
•
|
Previously-banked
— households in which at least one member has previously had a bank account, but no one has one currently;
|
|
•
|
Underbanked
— households in which at least one member currently has a bank account, but that also use non-bank financial service providers to conduct routine transactions like check cashing or bill payment; and
|
|
•
|
Fully-banked
— households that primarily rely on traditional financial services.
|
Based on data from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, the Federal Reserve Bank, the U.S. Census and the Center for Financial Services Innovation and our proprietary data, we believe these four consumer segments collectively represent an addressable market of approximately 160 million people in the United States.
Customers in these different segments tend to purchase and use our products for different reasons and in different ways. For example, we believe never-banked consumers use our products as a safe, controlled way to spend cash and as a means to access channels of trade, such as online purchases, where cash cannot be used. We believe previously-banked consumers use our products as a convenient and affordable substitute for a traditional checking account by depositing payroll checks (via direct or in-store deposit) on a Green Dot GPR card and using our products to pay bills, shop online, monitor spending and withdraw cash from ATMs.
We believe underbanked consumers use our products in ways similar to those of the never- and previously-banked segments, but additionally view our products as a credit card substitute. For example, underbanked consumers use our products to make purchases at physical and online merchants, pay bills, make travel arrangements and guarantee reservations. We believe fully-banked consumers use our products as companion products to their bank checking account, segregating funds into separate accounts for a variety of uses. For example, fully-banked consumers often use our cards to shop on the Internet without providing their bank debit card account information online. These consumers also use our products to control spending, designate funds for specific uses, prevent overdrafts in their checking accounts, or load funds into specific accounts, such as a PayPal account.
Our Distribution
We achieve broad distribution of our products and services through our retail distributors, the Internet and relationships with other businesses. In addition, our distribution is enhanced by businesses that accept reloads or payments through the Green Dot Network, which we refer to as our network acceptance members, because they encourage their customers to use our prepaid financial services.
Retail Distributors.
Our prepaid financial services are sold in approximately 59,000 retail store locations, including those of major national mass merchandisers, national and regional drug store and convenience store chains, and national and regional supermarket chains. Our retail distributors include:
2
|
Type of Distributor
|
Representative Distributors
|
|
|
Mass merchandise retailers
|
Walmart, Kmart, Meijer
|
|
|
Drug store retailers
|
Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid
|
|
|
Convenience store retailers
|
7-Eleven, The Pantry (Kangaroo Express), Circle K
|
|
|
Supermarket retailers
|
Kroger, Blackhawk Network, Inc.
|
|
|
Other
|
Radio Shack
|
|
Most of these retailers have been our distributors for several years and all have contracts with us, subject to termination rights, which expire at various dates from 2012 to 2015. In general, our agreements with our retail distributors give us the right to provide Green Dot-branded and/or co-branded GPR cards and reload services in their retail locations, in many cases on an exclusive basis, and require us to share with them by way of commissions the revenues generated by sales of these cards and reload services. We and the retail distributor generally also agree to certain marketing arrangements, such as promotions and advertising. Our operating revenues derived from products and services sold at the store locations of Walmart and our three other largest retail distributors, as a group, represented the following percentages of our total operating revenues: approximately
61%
and
20%
, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, 63% and 20%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, 66% and 23%, respectively, for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and 56% and 27%, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2009. For the year ended July 31, 2009, operating revenues derived from products and services sold at the store locations of Walgreens represented 11% of our total operating revenues.
Our Relationship with Walmart.
Walmart is our largest retail distributor. We have been the exclusive provider of Walmart-branded GPR cards sold at Walmart since Walmart initiated its Walmart MoneyCard program in 2007. In October 2006, we entered into agreements with Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank, formerly GE Money Bank (the card issuing bank), which set forth the terms and conditions of our relationship with Walmart. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, Green Dot designs and delivers the Walmart MoneyCard product and provides all ongoing program support, including network IT, regulatory and legal compliance, website functionality, customer service and loss management. Walmart displays and sells the cards and GE Capital Retail Bank serves as the issuer of the cards and holds the associated FDIC-insured deposits. All Walmart MoneyCard products are reloadable exclusively on the Green Dot Network.
In May 2010, the term of the agreement among Green Dot, Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank was extended through May 2015. The parties also agreed to various other changes to the terms of the agreement. In particular, the sales commission percentages that we pay to Walmart for the Walmart MoneyCard program increased significantly in May 2010 and will increase by a smaller amount in May 2013. Walmart has the right to terminate this agreement prior to its expiration or renewal, but subject to notice periods of varying lengths, for a number of specified reasons, including, among others: our failure to meet agreed-upon service levels, certain changes in control of GE Capital Retail Bank or us, or GE Capital Retail Bank's or our inability or unwillingness to agree to requested pricing changes.
Network Acceptance Members.
A large number of institutions accept funds through our reload network, using our MoneyPak product. We provide reload services to over 120 third-party prepaid card programs, including programs offered by H&R Block, AccountNow and UniRush, LLC. MasterCard’s RePower Reload Network also uses the Green Dot Network to facilitate cash reloads for its own member programs. In addition, we provide reload services to other kinds of institutions and their customers. For example, we enable PayPal customers to use a MoneyPak to fund a new or existing PayPal account.
Other Channels.
An increasing portion of our card sales is generated from our and Walmart's online distribution channels and other non-retail channels, such as our public sector initiatives. We offer Green Dot-branded cards through our website, www.greendot.com and the Walmart MoneyCard through www.walmartmoneycard.com. We promote these distribution channels through television and online advertising. Customers who activate their cards through these channels typically receive an unfunded card in the mail and then can reload the card either through a cash reload or a payroll direct deposit transaction.
Our Products and Services
Our principal products and services consist of Green Dot-branded GPR cards, co-branded GPR cards, and MoneyPak and point-of-sale, or POS, swipe reload transactions facilitated by the Green Dot Network. We also service general purpose gift cards, which have historically represented only a small percentage of our operating revenues. GPR cards are designed for general spending purposes and can be used anywhere their applicable payment network, such as Visa or MasterCard, is accepted. Unlike gift cards, GPR cards are reloadable for ongoing, long-term use and require the completion of various identification, verification and other USA PATRIOT Act-compliant processes before
3
a cardholder relationship can be established. The GPR cards we offer are issued primarily by Columbus Bank and Trust Company, a division of Synovus Bank, and, in the case of certain of our co-branded cards discussed below, GE Capital Retail Bank. Our card issuing program with Columbus Bank and Trust Company will terminate in October 2012, subject to a 180-day wind-down period, and we have recently initiated the process of transitioning the program to our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank. Card balances are FDIC-insured and have either Visa or MasterCard zero liability card protection.
Card Products
Green Dot-Branded GPR Cards.
Our Green Dot-branded GPR cards provide consumers with an affordable and convenient way to manage their money and make payments without undergoing a credit check or possessing a pre-existing bank account. In addition to standard prepaid Visa- or MasterCard-branded GPR cards, we also offer GPR cards marketed for a specific use or market, such as our Online Shopping card, our Prepaid Student card and our Prepaid NASCAR card.
To purchase a GPR card in a retail store location, consumers typically select the GPR card from an instore display and pay the cashier a one-time purchase fee plus the initial amount they would like to load onto their card. Consumers then go online or call a toll-free number to register their personal information with us so that we can activate their temporary prepaid card and mail them a personalized GPR card. As explained below, consumers can then reload their personalized GPR cards using a MoneyPak or, at enabled retailers, via a point-of-sale process, which we refer to as a POS swipe reload transaction. Funds can also be loaded on the card via direct deposit of a customer’s government or payroll check.
Our GPR cards are issued as Visa- or MasterCard-branded cards and are accepted worldwide by merchants and other businesses belonging to the applicable payment network, including for bill payments, online shopping, everyday store purchases and ATM withdrawals. Visa and MasterCard are each accepted at more than 30 million locations worldwide. Our cardholders can conduct ATM transactions at approximately 1.9 million Visa PLUS or 1.0 million
MasterCard Cirrus ATMs worldwide, including over 20,000 MoneyPass fee-free ATMs in all 50 states and Puerto Rico.
We have instituted a simple fee structure that includes a new card fee (if the card is purchased from one of our retail distributors), a monthly maintenance fee (which may be waived based on usage), a cash reload fee and an ATM withdrawal fee for non-MoneyPass ATMs. Most of the features and functions of our cards are provided without surcharges. Our free services include account management and balance inquiry services via the Internet, telephone and mobile applications.
For regulatory compliance, risk management, operational and other reasons, our GPR cards and reload products have certain limitations and restrictions, including but not limited to maximum dollar reload amounts, maximum numbers of reloads in a given time period (e.g., per day), and limitations on uses of our temporary cards versus our permanent personalized cards.
Co-Branded GPR Cards.
We provide co-branded GPR cards on behalf of certain retail distributors and other business entities. Co-branded cards generally bear the trademarks or logos of the retail distributor or business entity, and our trademark on the packaging and back of the card. These cards have the same features and characteristics as our Green Dot-branded GPR cards, and are accepted at the same locations. We typically are responsible for managing all aspects of these programs, including strategy, product design, marketing, customer service and operations/compliance. Representative co-branded cards include the Walmart MoneyCard, the Kmart Prepaid Visa and MasterCard cards, the AARP Foundation Prepaid MasterCard and the Meijer Prepaid MasterCard.
Reload Services
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our reload services. We offer consumers affordable and convenient ways to reload any of our GPR cards, over 120 third-party prepaid card programs and to conduct other cash loading transactions through our reload network, using our MoneyPak product or through retailers’ specially-enabled POS devices. MoneyPak is offered in all of the retail locations where our GPR cards are sold. MoneyPak is a cash reload product that we market on a display like our Green Dot-branded GPR cards. Cash reloads using a MoneyPak involve a two-step process: consumers pay the cashier the desired amount to be reloaded onto the MoneyPak, plus a service fee, generally ranging between $3.00 and $4.95, and then go online or call a toll-free number to submit the MoneyPak number and add the funds to a GPR card or other account, such as a PayPal account. Alternatively, at many retail locations, consumers can add funds directly to their Green Dot- branded and co-branded cards at the point of sale through a POS swipe reload transaction. Unlike a MoneyPak, these POS swipe reload transactions involve a single-step process: consumers pay the cashier the desired amount to be reloaded, plus a service fee, and funds are reloaded onto the GPR card at the point of sale without further action required on the part of the consumer.
4
Our Proprietary Technology Platform — Green PlaNET
Green PlaNET is our proprietary technology platform that enables our network participants, which include consumers, retail distributors and businesses that accept reloads or payments through the Green Dot Network, to communicate with us in a real-time, secure environment. Green PlaNET is a centralized, client-server based processing system that gives us the ability to centrally develop and distribute product applications, manage customer accounts, authorize, process and settle transactions, ensure security and regulatory compliance, and provide customer services across a variety of points of contact and technologies.
Green PlaNET enables Green Dot cardholders to activate and use their card accounts for a variety of transactions, including cash loads. Green PlaNET also provides a single and secure point of integration for all our network participants, enabling them to communicate with us and our customers and facilitating the initiation, authorization and settlement of transactions.
Green PlaNET has the following components:
|
•
|
The Green PlaNET front-end processing system communicates with the host systems of retail distributors and network acceptance members through a proprietary application programming interface and runs a variety of proprietary and third-party software applications that facilitate the purchase of a card at a retail location as well as the loading of cash onto a card or MoneyPak. It enables our reload network to interoperate with funds transfer networks and engages in real-time transaction verification so that cards do not exceed applicable limits, thus ensuring compliance with our anti-money laundering program.
|
|
•
|
The Green PlaNET back-end processing system runs a variety of proprietary and third-party software applications that enable the activation, daily use and maintenance of our cardholder accounts. It executes a variety of transaction-enabling processes and initiates several customer verification modules and external data requests that together ensure compliance with all federal requirements for the opening of a new account. It interfaces with our database to generate account statements and initiate account notification communications, such as emails and text messages. It also enables our cards to interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds transfer networks, interacts with the systems of other processors and executes back-end batch processes that facilitate the daily accounting, reconciliation and settlement of transactions and account activity. In addition, the Green PlaNET back-end processing system houses a variety of security applications that provide customer and card data encryption, fraud monitoring, information security administration and firewalls that protect the Green PlaNET infrastructure.
|
|
•
|
The Green PlaNET customer-facing systems include a service processing system and various communication systems. The Green PlaNET service processing system includes several customer relationship management software applications that operate a variety of support services, providing real-time account history access and pending transaction data, contact information, personal identification number request and issuance services and balance inquiry applications. It also enables consumers to direct cash transfers using our MoneyPak product. In addition, Green PlaNET provides our consumers, retail distributors and network acceptance members with the ability to communicate with us and access accounts using a variety of technologies. These technologies integrate with our customer care applications and allow us, among other things, to address customer inquiries and automatically prompt customer support agents to sell upgrades and make cross-sales. We have also integrated Green PlaNET with our website, www.greentdot.com, to provide a full range of interactive services, including online card sales, full activation and personalization services, electronic funds transfers, and access to account histories and management services.
|
Sales and Marketing
The primary objective of our sales and marketing efforts is to educate consumers on the utility of our products and services in order to generate demand, and to instruct consumers on where they may purchase our products and services. We also seek to educate existing customers on the use of our products and services to encourage increased usage and retention of our products. We accomplish these objectives through various types of consumer-oriented marketing and advertising and by expanding our group of retail distributors to gain access to additional customers.
Marketing to Consumers
We market our products to a broad group of consumers, ranging from never-banked to fully-banked consumers. We are focusing our current sales and marketing efforts on acquisition of long-term users of our products, enhancing our brand and image, building market awareness of our products, improving cardholder retention and increasing card usage. To achieve these objectives, we highlight to consumers the core benefits of our products, which we believe are affordability, access to funds, utility, convenience, transparency and security.
5
Our marketing campaigns involve creating a compelling in-store presence and conducting television advertising, retailer promotions such as newspaper inserts and circulars, online advertisements, and co-op advertising with select retail distributors. We focus on raising brand awareness while educating our customers.
We also design, and provide to our retail distributors for use in their stores, innovative packaging and in-store displays that we believe generate consumer interest and differentiate our products from other card products on their racks. Our packaging and displays help ensure that our products are promoted in a consistent, visual manner that is designed to invite consumers to browse and learn about our products, and thus to increase our sales opportunities.
We employ a number of strategies to improve cardholder retention and increase card usage. These strategies are based on research we conduct on an ongoing basis to understand consumer behavior and improve consumer loyalty and satisfaction. For example, we use our points of contact with customers (e.g., our website, email, interactive voice response system, or IVR, and mobile applications) to educate our customers and promote new card features. We also provide incentives for behaviors, such as cash reloading, establishing payroll direct deposit and making frequent purchases with our cards, that we believe increase cardholder retention. In particular, we believe that our fee waiver program, which eliminates monthly maintenance fees for customers who deposit $1,000 or more to the card or conduct at least 30 transactions with the card during a monthly billing cycle, has had a significant impact on improving cardholder retention within certain of our customer segments. Our GPR cards had an average card lifetime of approximately nine
months in each of 2010 and 2011. While the average card lifetime was flat from 2010 to 2011, due to a higher mix of customers acquiring cards primarily for tax refunds, we experienced growth in the number of new GPR card activations from repeat customers, or former GPR cardholders, over the same period. The percentage of new card activations from repeat customers increased from 34% in 2010 to 43% in 2011.
Marketing to Retail Distributors
When marketing to potential new retail distributors, we highlight the key benefits of our products, including our national brand, our in-store presence and merchandising expertise, our cash reload network, the profitability to them of our products and our commitment to national television and other advertising. In addition, we communicate the peripheral benefits of our products, such as their ability to generate additional foot traffic and sales in their stores.
Marketing to Our Network Acceptance Members
We market our reload network to a broad range of banks, third-party processors, program managers and others that have uses for our reload network’s cash transfer technology. When marketing to potential network acceptance members, we highlight the key benefits of our cash loading network, including the breadth of our distribution capabilities, our leadership position in the industry, the profitability to them of our products, consumer satisfaction and our commitment to national television and other advertising and marketing support.
Customer Service
We provide customer service for all GPR card and gift card programs that we manage and for MoneyPak on a 24-hour per day, 365-day per year basis, primarily through third-party service providers in Guatemala and the Philippines, and also through our staff in the United States. All card activations, reloads, support and lost/stolen inquiries are handled online and through various toll-free numbers at these locations. We also operate our own call center at our headquarters for handling customer and corporate escalations. Customer service is provided in both English and Spanish.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive and developing markets, which we expect to become increasingly competitive in the future. In addition to the direct competitors described below, we compete for access to retail distribution channels and for the attention of consumers at the retail level.
Prepaid Card Issuance and Program Management
We compete against the full spectrum of providers of GPR cards. We also compete with traditional providers of financial services, such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and gift cards. Many of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these companies can also leverage their extensive customer bases and adopt aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. Our primary competitors in the prepaid card issuance and program management market are traditional credit, debit and prepaid card account issuers and prepaid card program managers like American Express, First Data, NetSpend, AccountNow, PreCash, UniRush, LLC, Western Union and MoneyGram. In addition, from time to time, new entrants, such as PayPal, introduce prepaid card products that could increase competition in this market. Our Green Dot-branded cards also compete with our co-branded GPR cards, such as the Walmart MoneyCard.
6
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the prepaid card issuance and program management market include:
|
•
|
breadth of distribution;
|
|
•
|
brand recognition;
|
|
•
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
•
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
|
•
|
enterprise-class and scalable IT;
|
|
•
|
customer support capabilities; and
|
|
•
|
pricing.
|
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these factors.
Reload Networks
While we believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the United States, a growing number of companies are attempting to establish and grow their own reload networks. In this market, new companies, or alliances among existing companies, may be formed that rapidly achieve a significant market position. Many of these companies are substantially larger than we are and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater name recognition than we do. Our primary competitors in the reload services market are: Visa, Western Union, MoneyGram, Blackhawk Network, Inc. and NetSpend. Visa has broad brand recognition and a large base of merchant acquiring and card issuing banks. Western Union, MoneyGram, Blackhawk Network, Inc. and NetSpend each have a national network of retail and/or agent locations. In addition, we compete for consumers and billers with financial institutions that provide their retail customers with billing, payment and funds transfer services. Many of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater brand recognition than we do.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for reload network services include:
|
•
|
the number and quality of retail locations;
|
|
•
|
brand recognition;
|
|
•
|
product and service functionality;
|
|
•
|
number of cardholders and customers using the service;
|
|
•
|
reliability of the service;
|
|
•
|
retail price;
|
|
•
|
enterprise-class and scalable IT;
|
|
•
|
ability to integrate quickly with multiple payment platforms and distributors;
|
|
•
|
customer support capabilities; and
|
|
•
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities.
|
We believe the Green Dot Network competes favorably on each of these factors.
Prepaid Card Distribution
We compete against the full spectrum of prepaid card distributors and third-party processors that sell competing prepaid card programs through retail and online channels. Many of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these companies can also leverage their extensive customer bases and adopt aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. As new payment methods are developed, we also expect to experience competition from new entrants. Our primary competitors in the prepaid card distribution market are: InComm, Blackhawk Network, Inc., First Data, NetSpend and AccountNow. In addition, we face potential competition from Western Union, MoneyGram and a number of retail banks if they enter this market.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the prepaid card distribution market include:
|
•
|
brand recognition with consumers and retailers;
|
7
|
•
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
•
|
ability to develop and maintain strong relationship with retail distributors;
|
|
•
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
|
•
|
pricing; and
|
|
•
|
large customer base.
|
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these factors.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws and trade secret protection in the United States, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect the intellectual property rights related to our products and services.
We own several trademarks, including Green Dot, MoneyPak and the Green Dot logo. These assets are essential to our business. Through agreements with our network acceptance members, retail distributors and customers, we authorize and monitor the use of our trademarks in connection with their activities with us.
We have one patent application under consideration in the United States related to the retail packaging of our cards.
Regulation
Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is a highly complex and integral part of our day-to-day operations. Our products and services are generally subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations, including:
|
•
|
anti-money laundering laws;
|
|
•
|
money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations;
|
|
•
|
escheatment laws;
|
|
•
|
privacy and information safeguard laws;
|
|
•
|
banking regulations; and
|
|
•
|
consumer protection laws.
|
These laws are often evolving and sometimes ambiguous or inconsistent, and the extent to which they apply to us, our subsidiary bank or the banks that issue our cards, our retail distributors, our network acceptance members or our third-party processors is at times unclear. Any failure to comply with applicable law — either by us or by the card issuing banks, retail distributors, network acceptance members or third-party processors, over which we have limited legal and practical control — could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and services, as well as the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties and the suspension or revocation of a license or registration required to sell our products and services.
We continually monitor and enhance our compliance program to stay current with the most recent legal and regulatory changes. We also continue to implement policies and programs and to adapt our business practices and strategies to help us comply with current legal standards, as well as with new and changing legal requirements affecting particular services or the conduct of our business generally. These programs include dedicated compliance personnel and training and monitoring programs, as well as support and guidance to our retail distributors and network acceptance members on compliance programs.
Anti-Money Laundering Laws
Our products and services are generally subject to federal anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and similar state laws. On an ongoing basis, these laws require us, among other things, to:
|
•
|
report large cash transactions and suspicious activity;
|
|
•
|
screen transactions against the U.S. government’s watch-lists, such as the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control;
|
|
•
|
prevent the processing of transactions to or from certain countries, individuals, nationals and entities;
|
|
•
|
identify the dollar amounts loaded or transferred at any one time or over specified periods of time, which
|
8
requires the aggregation of information over multiple transactions;
|
•
|
gather and, in certain circumstances, report customer information;
|
|
•
|
comply with consumer disclosure requirements;
|
|
•
|
and register or obtain licenses with state and federal agencies in the United States and seek registration of our retail distributors and network acceptance members when necessary.
|
Anti-money laundering regulations are constantly evolving. We continuously monitor our compliance with anti-money laundering regulations and implement policies and procedures in order to comply with the most current legal requirements. We cannot predict how these future regulations might affect us. Complying with future regulation could be expensive or require us to change the way we operate our business. For example, in July 2011, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN, of the U.S. Department of Treasury published final rules regarding, among other things, the applicability of the Bank Secrecy Act’s anti-money laundering provisions to prepaid products such as ours. Although we believe these regulations have not adversely impacted prepaid products such as ours or required material operational changes by prepaid financial services providers such as us or our retail distributors, there can be no assurance that the interpretation or enforcement of these regulations will not adversely impact our products or require operational changes by us or our retail distributors.
We are registered with FinCEN as a money services business. As a result of being so registered, we have established anti-money laundering compliance programs that include: (i) internal policies and controls; (ii) designation of a compliance officer; (iii) ongoing employee training and (iv) an independent review function. We have developed and implemented compliance programs comprised of policies, procedures, systems and internal controls to monitor and address various legal requirements and developments. To assist in managing and monitoring money laundering risks, we continue to enhance our anti-money laundering compliance program. We offer our services largely through our retail distributor and network acceptance member relationships. We have developed an anti-money laundering training manual and a program to assist in educating our retail distributors on applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
Money Transfer and Payment Instrument Licensing Regulations
We are subject to money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations. We have obtained licenses to operate as a money transmitter in 40 U.S. jurisdictions. The remaining U.S. jurisdictions either do not currently regulate money transmitters or have rendered a regulatory determination or a legal interpretation that the money services laws of that jurisdiction do not require us to obtain a license in connection with the conduct of our business. As a licensee, we are subject to certain restrictions and requirements, including reporting, net worth and surety bonding requirements and requirements for regulatory approval of controlling stockholders, agent locations and consumer forms and disclosures. We are also subject to inspection by the regulators in the jurisdictions in which we are licensed, many of which conduct regular examinations.
In addition, we must at all times maintain “permissible investments” in an amount equivalent to all “outstanding payment obligations.” While, technically, the outstanding payment obligations represented by the balances on our card products are liabilities of the issuing bank, it is possible that some states will require us to maintain permissible investments in an amount equal to the outstanding payment obligations of the bank that issues our cards. The types of securities that are considered “permissible investments” vary from state to state, but generally include cash and cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other highly rated debt instruments.
Escheatment Laws
Unclaimed property laws of every U.S. jurisdiction require that we track certain information on our card products and services and that, if customer funds are unclaimed at the end of an applicable statutory abandonment period, the proceeds of the unclaimed property be remitted to the appropriate jurisdiction. We have agreed with the banks that issue our cards to manage escheatment law compliance with respect to our card products and services and have an ongoing program to comply with those laws. Statutory abandonment periods applicable to our card products and services typically range from three to seven years.
Privacy and Information Safeguard Laws
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect certain types of data, which subjects us to certain privacy and information security laws in the United States, including, for example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLB Act, and other laws or rules designed to regulate consumer information and mitigate identity theft. We are also subject to privacy laws of various states. These state and federal laws impose obligations with respect to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use and disclosure of personal information, and require that financial institutions have in place policies regarding information privacy and security. In addition, under federal and certain state financial privacy
9
laws, we must provide notice to consumers of our policies and practices for sharing nonpublic information with third parties, provide advance notice of any changes to our policies and, with limited exceptions, give consumers the right to prevent use of their nonpublic personal information and disclosure of it to unaffiliated third parties. Certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify state law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data. In order to comply with the privacy and information safeguard laws, we have confidentiality/information security standards and procedures in place for our business activities and with network acceptance members and our third-party vendors and service providers. Privacy and information security laws evolve regularly, requiring us to adjust our compliance program on an ongoing basis and presenting compliance challenges.
Banking Regulations
We became a bank holding company in December 2011, as a result of our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, the holding company of Bonneville Bank, a state-chartered Utah bank, which was renamed Green Dot Bank after the acquisition. We and our subsidiary bank are extensively regulated under federal and state laws, which, in general, results in increased compliance costs and other expenses, as we and our subsidiary bank are required to undergo regular on-site examinations and to comply with additional reporting requirements. As a bank holding company, we are subject to the supervision of, and inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to certain regulations which, among other things, restrict our business and the activities in which we may engage. Our existing business activities and currently proposed business activities are not materially restricted by these regulations.
Activities.
Federal laws restrict the types of activities in which bank holding companies may engage, and subject them to a range of supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and policies. Bank holding companies may engage in the business of banking and managing and controlling banks, as well as closely related activities. In addition, financial holding companies may engage in a wider set of activities, including with respect to securities activities and investments in companies engaged in nonbanking activities. The business activities that we currently conduct are permissible activities for bank holding companies under U.S. law, and we do not expect the limitations described above will adversely affect our current operations or materially restrict us from engaging in activities that are currently contemplated by our business strategies. It is possible, however, that these restrictions could limit our ability to enter other businesses in which we may wish to engage at some time in the future. It is also possible that in the future these laws may be amended in ways, or new laws or regulations may be adopted, that adversely affect our ability to engage in our current or additional businesses.
Even if our activities are permissible for a bank holding company, as discussed under “— Capital Adequacy” below, the Federal Reserve Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to require divestiture of ownership or control of a subsidiary in the event that it has reasonable cause to believe that the activity or continued ownership or control poses a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the bank holding company or any of its bank subsidiaries.
Dividend Restrictions.
Bank holding companies are subject to various restrictions that may affect their ability to pay dividends. Federal and state banking regulations applicable to bank holding companies and banks generally require that dividends be paid from earnings and, as described under “— Capital Adequacy” below, require minimum levels of capital, which limits the funds available for payment of dividends. Other restrictions include the Federal Reserve Board’s general policy that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income available to stockholders for the preceding year or four quarters and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition, including the needs of each of its bank subsidiaries. In the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policies and has discouraged dividend pay-out ratios that are at the 100% level unless both their asset quality and capital are very strong. A bank holding company also should not maintain a dividend level that places undue pressure on the capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that may undermine the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength for its bank subsidiaries. See “— Source of Strength” below.
As part of our financial commitments to the Federal Reserve Board and Utah Department of Financial Institutions, our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, is restricted from paying dividends for 3 years from the date of acquisition.
Capital Adequacy.
Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various requirements relating to capital adequacy, including limitations on leverage. As a bank holding company that is a financial holding company, we are required to be “well-capitalized,” meaning we must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10%. In addition, we are also subject to the generally applicable bank holding company minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, which is the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average
10
total consolidated assets. Tier 1 capital, or “core” capital, generally consists of common stockholders’ equity, perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock and, up to certain limits, other capital elements. Tier 2 capital consists of supplemental capital items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses, certain types of preferred stock, hybrid capital securities and certain types of debt, all subject to certain limits. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital.
Our subsidiary bank is also subject to separate capital and leverage requirements that we have committed to with the Federal Reserve Board and Utah Department of Financial Institutions. As of December 31, 2011, we and our subsidiary bank are each “well-capitalized” under the above standards and presently exceed our respective capital and leverage commitments. It is possible, however, that regulators may require us or our subsidiary bank to maintain higher levels of capital in the future, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the required ratios in future periods.
Under the regulatory framework that Congress has established and bank regulators have implemented, banks are either “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Banks are generally subject to greater restrictions and supervision than bank holding companies, and these restrictions increase as the financial condition of the bank worsens. For instance, a bank that is not well-capitalized may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without the consent of the FDIC. If our subsidiary bank were to become less than adequately capitalized, the bank would need to submit to bank regulators a capital restoration plan that was guaranteed by us, as its bank holding company. The bank would also likely become subject to further restrictions on activities, including entering into new lines of business or conducting activities that have the effect of limiting asset growth or preventing acquisitions. A bank that is undercapitalized would also be prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and from paying management fees to its bank holding company if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. A significantly undercapitalized institution would be subject to mandatory capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
Source of Strength.
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, bank holding companies are expected to act as a source of strength to their bank subsidiaries. This support may theoretically be required by the Federal Reserve Board at times when the bank holding company might otherwise determine not to provide it. As noted above, if a bank becomes less than adequately capitalized, it would need to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan that, in order to be acceptable, would need to be guaranteed by the parent holding company. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board is required by July 2012 to adopt new regulations formally requiring bank holding companies to serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions. The Federal Reserve Board has not yet proposed rules to implement this requirement.
Acquisitions of Bank Holding Companies.
Under the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, and their respective implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is necessary prior to any person or company acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities, and may be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect the willingness or ability of a third party to acquire control of us for so long as we are a bank holding company.
Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance Assessments.
Deposits accepted by banks, such as our subsidiary bank, have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limits. The FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions, the level of which depends on the risk category of an institution and the amount of insured deposits that it holds. These rates currently range from 7 to 77.5 basis points on deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule semi-annually, and has in the past required and may in the future require banks to prepay their estimated assessments for future periods. The Dodd-Frank Act changes the method of calculating deposit assessments, requiring the FDIC to assess premiums on the basis of assets less tangible stockholders’ equity. The FDIC has indicated that this change will likely result in a lower assessment rate because of the larger assessment base. Because of the current stress on the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from the banking crisis, those fees have increased and are likely to stay at a relatively high level.
Community Reinvestment Act.
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, or CRA, and the regulations promulgated by the FDIC to implement the CRA are intended to ensure that banks meet the credit needs of their respective service areas, including low and moderate income communities and individuals, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA regulations also require the banking regulatory authorities to evaluate a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish new offices or consummate any merger or
11
acquisition transaction. The federal banking agencies are required to rate each insured institution’s performance under the CRA and to make that information publicly available. Our subsidiary bank currently complies with the CRA through investments and other activities that are designed to benefit the needs of low and moderate income communities. Our subsidiary bank is currently preparing to submit its CRA Strategic Plan. If the banking regulatory authorities do not approve our bank's strategic plan, our bank could be required to engage in lending and other community outreach activities in the community in which it is located.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.
Transactions between a bank and its nonbanking affiliates are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations limit the types and amount of these transactions, require certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s-length basis. As a bank holding company, our transactions with our subsidiary bank are limited by these regulations, although we do not anticipate that these restrictions will adversely affect our ability to conduct our current operations or materially prohibit us from engaging in activities that are currently contemplated by our business strategies.
Issuing Banks
. All of the GPR cards that we provide and the Walmart gift cards we service are issued by either a federally- or state-chartered bank. Thus, we are subject to the oversight of the regulators for, and certain laws applicable to, these card issuing banks. These banking laws require us, as a servicer to the banks that issue our cards, among other things, to undertake compliance actions similar to those described under “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” above and to comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under the GLB Act as discussed under “Privacy and Information Safeguard Laws” above. Our subsidiary bank will become subject to the additional regulatory oversight and legal obligations described above, in its capacity as issuing bank, when it becomes an issuer of our GPR cards, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2012.
Other.
The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Moreover, additional changes to banking laws and regulations are possible in the near future. The Dodd-Frank Act made numerous changes to the regulatory framework governing banking organizations, and many of these changes require rulemakings by regulators, only a small portion of which have been completed. These regulations could likewise substantially affect our business and operations. In addition, the U.S. Congress is considering various proposals relating to the activities and supervision of banks and bank holding companies, some of which could materially affect our operations and those of our subsidiary bank. Although there can be no assurance regarding the ultimate impact that adoption of these proposals will have on us, if the proposals are enacted, we expect that the benefits we seek to realize from our recent bank acquisition will be reduced.
Consumer Protection Laws
We are subject to state and federal consumer protection laws, including laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive practices, regulating electronic fund transfers and protecting consumer nonpublic information. We believe that we have appropriate procedures in place for compliance with these consumer protection laws, but many issues regarding our service have not yet been addressed by the federal and state agencies charged with interpreting the applicable laws.
Although not expressly required to do so under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E of the Federal Reserve Board, we disclose, consistent with banking industry practice, the terms of our electronic fund transfer services to consumers prior to their use of the service, provide 21 days’ advance notice of material changes, establish specific error resolution procedures and timetables, and limit customer liability for transactions that are not authorized by the consumer.
In June 2011, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, issued a notice and request for comment on defining what kinds of companies should be included as “larger participants” for its nonbank supervision program. The CFPB subsequently published its first "larger participant" proposed rule, in February 2012, defining nonbank “larger participants” as entities engaged in consumer debt collection and consumer reporting. Although the CFPB did not include prepaid card issuers in this proposed rule, the CFPB may take actions in the future, including other rulemakings, that subject us or our products and services to its oversight and regulation
.
Payment Networks
In order to provide our products and services, we, as well as the banks that issue our cards, must register with Visa and MasterCard and, as a result, are subject to payment network rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by the payment networks for certain acts or omissions. The banks that issue our cards are specifically registered as “members” of the Visa and/or MasterCard payment networks. Visa and MasterCard set the standards with which we and the card issuing banks must comply.
12
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, we had 464 employees, including 393 in general and administrative, 54 in sales and marketing and 17 in research and product development. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be good. As of December 31, 2011, we also had arrangements with third-party call center providers in Guatemala and the Philippines that provided us with approximately 951 contractors for customer service and similar functions.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our growth rates may decline in the future.
In recent quarters, our total operating income, net income and the rate of growth of our operating revenues have fluctuated. Sequential growth in our card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues, collectively, was negative in the second and third quarter of 2010 and 2011. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue our historical growth rates in future periods, and we would expect seasonal or other influences, including potential fluctuations in stock-based retailer incentive compensation caused by variations in our stock price, to cause sequential quarterly fluctuations and periodic declines in our operating revenues, operating income and net income. In particular, our results for each of the first three quarters of 2011 were favorably affected by large numbers of taxpayers electing to receive their refunds via direct deposit on our cards. We expect to experience similar patterns in our results of operations in 2012, with total operating revenues being higher during the first half of the year, as a result of a larger number of taxpayers electing to receive their refunds via direct deposit on our cards. In October 2011, our joint marketing and referral agreement with Intuit expired and was not renewed. Although Intuit has entered a new agreement to continue as a network acceptance member, our revenues attributable to Intuit will decline significantly in 2012 on a year-over-year basis and the impact of this change will be the greatest during the first half of 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, Intuit accounted for approximately 5% of our operating revenues, excluding stock-based retailer incentive compensation.
In the near term, our continued growth depends significantly on our ability, among other things, to attract new long-term users of our products, to expand our reload network and to increase our card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues collectively per customer. Since the value we provide to our network participants relates in large part to the number of long-term users of, businesses that accept reloads or payments through, and applications enabled by, the Green Dot Network, our operating revenues could suffer if we were unable to increase such users of our GPR cards and to expand and adapt our reload network to meet consumers’ evolving needs. In addition, the negative impact on our operating revenues caused by any failure to increase the number of long-term users of our products could be exacerbated by the loss of other users of our products as we focus our marketing efforts on attracting new long-term users. We may fail to expand our reload network for a number of reasons, including our inability to produce products and services that appeal to consumers and lead to increased new card sales, our loss of one or more key retail distributors or our loss of key, or failure to add, network acceptance members.
We may not be able to increase card usage and cardholder retention, which have been two important contributors to our growth. Currently, many of our cardholders use their cards infrequently or do not reload their cards. We may be unable to generate increases in card usage or cardholder retention for a number of reasons, including our inability to maintain our existing distribution channels, the failure of our cardholder retention and usage incentives to influence cardholder behavior, our inability to predict accurately consumer preferences or industry changes and to modify our products and services on a timely basis in response thereto, and our inability to produce new features and services that appeal to cardholders.
As the prepaid financial services industry continues to develop, our competitors may be able to offer products and services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar to or better than ours. This may force us to compete on the basis of price and to expend significant advertising, marketing and other resources in order to remain competitive. Even if we are successful at increasing our card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues collectively through our various initiatives and strategies, we have experienced and will continue to experience an inevitable decline in growth rates as such revenues collectively increase to higher levels and we may also experience a decline in margins. If our operating revenue growth rates slow materially or decline, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
13
The loss of operating revenues from Walmart and our three other largest retail distributors would adversely affect our business.
Most of our operating revenues are derived from prepaid financial services sold at our four largest retail distributors. As a percentage of total operating revenues, operating revenues derived from products and services sold at the store locations of Walmart and from products and services sold at the store locations of our three other largest retail distributors, as a group, were approximately
61%
and
20%
, respectively, in the year ended
December 31, 2011
. We do not expect our 2012 operating revenues derived from products and services sold at Walmart stores to change significantly as a percentage of our total operating revenues from the percentage in the year ended
December 31, 2011
, and expect that Walmart and our other three largest retail distributors will continue to have a significant impact on our operating revenues in future years. It would be difficult to replace any of our large retail distributors, particularly Walmart, and the operating revenues derived from sales of our products and services at their stores. Accordingly, the loss of Walmart or any of our other three largest retail distributors would have a material adverse effect on our business, and might have a positive impact on the business of one of our competitors if it were able to replace us. In addition, any publicity associated with the loss of any of our large retail distributors could harm our reputation, making it more difficult to attract and retain consumers and other retail distributors, and could lessen our negotiating power with our remaining and prospective retail distributors.
Our contracts with these retail distributors have terms that expire at various dates between 2012 and 2015, but they can in limited circumstances, such as our material breach or insolvency or, in the case of Walmart, our failure to meet agreed-upon service levels, certain changes in control of GE Capital Retail Bank or us, GE Capital Retail Bank's or our inability or unwillingness to agree to requested pricing changes, be terminated by these retail distributors on relatively short notice. Walmart also has the right to terminate its agreement prior to its expiration or renewal for a number of other specified reasons, including; a change by GE Capital Retail Bank in its card operating procedures that Walmart reasonably believes will have a material adverse effect on Walmart's operations; our inability or unwillingness to make Walmart MoneyCards reloadable outside of our reload network in the event that our reload network does not meet particular size requirements in the future; and in the event Walmart reasonably believes that it is reasonably possible, after the parties have explored and been unable to agree on any alternatives, that the Federal Reserve Board may determine that Walmart exercises a controlling influence over our management or policies. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue our relationships with our largest retail distributors on the same or more favorable terms in future periods or that our relationships will continue beyond the terms of our existing contracts with them. Our operating revenues and operating results could suffer if, among other things, any of our retail distributors renegotiates, terminates or fails to renew, or to renew on similar or favorable terms, its agreement with us or otherwise chooses to modify the level of support it provides for our products.
Our future success depends upon our retail distributors’ active and effective promotion of our products and services, but their interests and operational decisions might not always align with our interests.
Most of our operating revenues are derived from our products and services sold at the stores of our retail distributors. Revenues from our retail distributors depend on a number of factors outside our control and may vary from period to period. Because we compete with many other providers of consumer products for placement and promotion of products in the stores of our retail distributors, our success depends on our retail distributors and their willingness to promote our products and services successfully. In general, our contracts with these third parties allow them to exercise significant discretion over the placement and promotion of our products in their stores, and they could give higher priority to the products and services of other companies. Accordingly, losing the support of our retail distributors might limit or reduce the sales of our cards and MoneyPak reload product. Our operating revenues may also be negatively affected by our retail distributors’ operational decisions. For example, if a retail distributor fails to train its cashiers to sell our products and services or implements changes in its systems that disrupt the integration between its systems and ours, we could experience a decline in our product sales. Even if our retail distributors actively and effectively promote our products and services, there can be no assurance that their efforts will result in growth of our operating revenues.
Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who follow our Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations might result from a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
•
|
the timing and volume of purchases, use and reloads of our prepaid cards and related products and services;
|
|
•
|
the timing and success of new product or service introductions by us or our competitors;
|
14
|
•
|
seasonality in the purchase or use of our products and services;
|
|
•
|
reductions in the level of interchange rates that can be charged;
|
|
•
|
fluctuations in customer retention rates;
|
|
•
|
changes in the mix of products and services that we sell;
|
|
•
|
changes in the mix of retail distributors through which we sell our products and services;
|
|
•
|
the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of relationships with significant retail distributors and network acceptance members;
|
|
•
|
the timing of commencement of new initiatives that cause us to expand into new distribution channels, such as our public sector initiative, and the length of time we must invest in those channels before they generate material operating revenues;
|
|
•
|
changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies or sales terms;
|
|
•
|
the timing of commencement and termination of major advertising campaigns;
|
|
•
|
the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of complementary businesses;
|
|
•
|
the timing of costs of any major litigation to which we are a party;
|
|
•
|
the amount and timing of operating costs related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including our investments in an in-house processing solution to replace the processing services provided by Total System Services, Inc.;
|
|
•
|
our ability to control costs, including third-party service provider costs;
|
|
•
|
volatility in the trading price of our Class A common stock, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation expenses or fluctuations in the valuations of vesting equity that cause variations in our stock-based retailer incentive compensation; and
|
|
•
|
changes in the political or regulatory environment affecting the banking or electronic payments industries generally or prepaid financial services specifically.
|
The industry in which we compete is highly competitive, which could adversely affect our operating revenue growth.
The prepaid financial services industry is highly competitive and includes a variety of financial and non-financial services vendors. Our current and potential competitors include:
|
•
|
prepaid card program managers, such as American Express Company, First Data Corporation, NetSpend Holdings, Inc., AccountNow, Inc., PreCash Inc. and UniRush, LLC;
|
|
•
|
reload network providers, such as Visa, Inc. (or Visa), The Western Union Company and MoneyGram International, Inc.; and
|
|
•
|
prepaid card distributors, such as InComm and Blackhawk Network, Inc.
|
Some of these vendors compete with us in more than one of the vendor categories described above, while others are primarily focused in a single category. In addition, competitors in one category have worked or are working with competitors in other categories to compete with us. A portion of our cash transfer revenues is derived from reloads to cards managed by companies that compete with us as program managers. We also face actual and potential competition from retail distributors or from other companies, such as PayPal and Visa, that have decided or may in the future decide to compete, or compete more aggressively, in the prepaid financial services industry.
We also compete with businesses outside of the prepaid financial services industry, including traditional providers of financial services, such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and gift cards. These and other competitors in the larger electronic payments industry are introducing new and innovative products and services, such as those involving radio frequency and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), e-commerce and mobile commerce, that compete with ours. We expect that this competition will intensify as our industry and the larger electronic payments industry continues to rapidly evolve.
Many existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we do. In addition, many of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger than we are, may already have or could develop substantially greater financial and other resources than we have, may offer, develop or introduce a wider range of programs and services than we offer or may use more effective advertising and marketing strategies than we do to achieve broader brand recognition, customer awareness and retail penetration. We may also face price competition that results in decreases in the purchase and use of our products and services, particularly from GPR card providers that offer comparable GPR cards to certain consumer segments. If price competition materially intensifies
15
or affects a greater number of our customer segments, we may have to increase the incentives that we offer to our retail distributors and decrease the prices of our products and services, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Our continued growth depends on our ability to compete effectively against existing and potential competitors that seek to provide prepaid cards or other electronic payment products and services. If we fail to compete effectively against any of the foregoing threats, our revenues, operating results, prospects for future growth and overall business could be materially and adversely affected.
As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive and potentially changing regulation and may be required to serve as a source of strength for Green Dot Bank, which may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We became a bank holding company in December 2011. As a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and must comply with applicable regulations and other commitments we have agreed to, including financial commitments in respect to minimum capital and leverage requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these requirements, we may become subject to formal or informal enforcement actions, proceedings, or investigations, which could result in regulatory orders, restrictions on our business operations or requirements to take corrective actions, which may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our results of operations and restrict our ability to grow. If we fail to comply with the applicable capital and leverage requirements, or if our subsidiary bank fails to comply with its applicable capital and leverage commitments, the Federal Reserve Board may limit our ability to pay dividends, or if we become less than adequately capitalized, require us to raise additional capital. In addition, as a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are generally prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies and financial holding companies. This restriction might limit our ability to pursue future business opportunities which we might otherwise consider but which might fall outside the scope of permissible activities.
Moreover, in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, banking supervisors in the United States are presently in the process of implementing a variety of new requirements on banking entities. Some of these requirements apply or will apply directly to us or to our subsidiary bank, while certain requirements apply or will apply only to larger institutions. Although we cannot anticipate the final form of many of these regulations, how they will affect our business or results of operations, or how they will change the competitive landscape in which we operate, such regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition, particularly if they make it more difficult for us or our retail distributors to sell our card products.
Changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we may become subject, may increase our costs of operation, decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our business.
Changes in laws and regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof may occur that could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business, require significant systems redevelopment, or render our products or services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We could face more stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations, as well as more stringent licensing rules and regulations, compliance with which could be expensive and time consuming.
Changes in laws and regulations governing the way our products and services are sold or in the way those laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced could adversely affect our ability to distribute our products and services and the cost of providing those products and services. If onerous regulatory requirements were imposed on the sale of our products and services, the requirements could lead to a loss of retail distributors, which, in turn, could materially and adversely impact our operations. In July 2011, FinCEN released final rules regulating prepaid access. Although we believe these regulations have not adversely impacted prepaid products such as ours or required material operational changes by prepaid financial services providers such as us or our retail distributors, there can be no assurance that the interpretation or enforcement of these regulations will not adversely impact our products or require operational changes by us or our retail distributors. If our products are adversely impacted by the interpretation or enforcement of these regulations or we or any of our retail distributors were unwilling or unable to make any such operational changes to comply with the interpretation or enforcement thereof, we would no longer be able to sell our cards through that noncompliant retail distributor, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
State and federal legislators and regulatory authorities have become increasingly focused on the banking and consumer financial services industries, and continue to propose and adopt new legislation that could result in significant adverse changes in the regulatory landscape for financial institutions (including card issuing banks) and other financial services companies (including us). For example, recently introduced federal legislation, such as the bill proposed by
16
Senator Menendez, known as the Prepaid Card Consumer Protection Act of 2011, would limit the amount of fees, including monthly fees, that we would be able to charge and would impose operational requirements, such as closing and refunding certain dormant prepaid cards, which could decrease our operating revenues and increase our operating costs. Proposed legislation in New Jersey and Illinois could, if passed, also limit the types and amounts of fees that we would be able to charge, which could decrease our operating revenues. In addition, changes in the way we or the banks that issue our cards are regulated, such as the changes under the Dodd-Frank Act, related to the consolidation of the primary federal regulator for savings banks with the primary federal regulator for national banks and the establishment of the CFPB, which could potentially have oversight over us and our products and services, could expose us and the banks that issue our cards to increased regulatory oversight, more burdensome regulation of our business, and increased litigation risk, each of which could increase our costs and decrease our operating revenues. Additionally, changes to the limitations placed on fees, the interchange rates that can be charged or the disclosures that must be provided with respect to our products and services could increase our costs and decrease our operating revenues.
We operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us, the banks that issue our cards or the businesses that participate in our reload network to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
We operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us, the banks that issue our cards or the businesses that participate in our reload network to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject could negatively impact our business. We are subject to state money transmission licensing requirements and a wide range of federal and other state laws and regulations. In particular, our products and services are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities.
Many of these laws and regulations are evolving, unclear and inconsistent across various jurisdictions, and ensuring compliance with them is difficult and costly. For example, with increasing frequency, federal and state regulators are holding businesses like ours to higher standards of training, monitoring and compliance, including monitoring for possible violations of laws by the businesses that participate in our reload network. Failure by us or those businesses to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject could result in fines, penalties or limitations on our ability to conduct our business, or federal or state actions, any of which could significantly harm our reputation with consumers and other network participants, banks that issue our cards and regulators, and could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Changes in rules or standards set by the payment networks, such as Visa and MasterCard, or changes in debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We and the banks that issue our cards are subject to association rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by the card associations or networks for acts or omissions by us or businesses that work with us, including card processors, such as Total Systems Services, Inc. The termination of the card association registrations held by us or any of the banks that issue our cards or any changes in card association or other debit network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of existing rules or standards, that increase the cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide our products and services could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, from time to time, card associations increase the organization and/or processing fees that they charge, which could increase our operating expenses, reduce our profit margin and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our operating revenues is derived from interchange fees. For the
twelve
months ended
December 31, 2011
, interchange revenues represented
30.2
% of our total operating revenues, and we expect interchange revenues to continue to represent a significant percentage of our total operating revenues in the near term. The amount of interchange revenues that we earn is highly dependent on the interchange rates that the payment networks set and adjust from time to time. The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to implement regulations that have substantially limited interchange fees for many issuers. While we believe the interchange rates that may be earned by us and our subsidiary bank are exempt from such limitations, in light of this legislation and recent attention generally on interchange rates in the United States, there can be no assurance that the interpretation or enforcement of interchange legislation or regulation will not impact our interchange revenues substantially. If interchange rates decline, whether due to actions by the payment networks, the banks that issue our cards or existing or future legislation, regulation or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, we would likely need to change our fee structure to compensate for lost interchange revenues. To the extent we increase the pricing of our products and services, we might find it more difficult to acquire consumers and to maintain or grow card usage and customer retention, and we could suffer reputational damage and become subject to greater regulatory scrutiny. We also might have to discontinue certain products or services. As a result, our operating revenues, operating results,
17
prospects for future growth and overall business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.
From time to time, we may release guidance in our quarterly results conference calls, or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which includes forward-looking statements, is based on projections prepared by our management. These projections are not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the projections. Accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to those projections.
Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. We intend to state possible outcomes as high and low ranges that are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed but we can provide no assurances that actual results will not fall outside of the suggested ranges.
The principal reason that we release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any of these persons.
Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the guidance furnished by us will prove to be incorrect or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from our guidance and the variations may be material. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged not to rely upon our guidance in making an investment decision with respect to our Class A common stock.
Any failure to implement our operating strategy successfully or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in this Item 1A. could result in our actual operating results being different from our guidance, and such differences may be adverse and material.
We rely on relationships with card issuing banks to conduct our business, and our results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to maintain these relationships or we maintain them under new terms that are less favorable to us.
Substantially all of our cards are issued by GE Capital Retail Bank, formerly GE Money Bank, or Columbus Bank and Trust Company, a division of Synovus Bank. While we are in the process of transitioning our card issuing program with Columbus Bank and Trust Company to our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, our existing relationships with these banks, particularly GE Capital Retail Bank, are currently, and will be for the foreseeable future, a critical component of our ability to conduct our business and to maintain our revenue and expense structure. Our reliance on third-party banking relationships will increase and we may need to establish new banking relationships if we are unable to successfully transition our card issuing program with Columbus Bank and Trust Company to our subsidiary bank, which has no experience with issuing our GPR cards, and may be unable to do so for the foreseeable future at the volume necessary to conduct our business. We may be unable to maintain relationships with the banks that issue our cards for a variety of reasons, including increased regulatory oversight, more burdensome regulation of our industry, increased compliance requirements or changes in business strategy. If we lose or do not maintain existing banking relationships, we would incur significant switching and other costs and expenses and we and users of our products and services could be significantly affected, creating contingent liabilities for us. As a result, the failure to maintain adequate banking relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our agreements with the banks that issue our cards provide for revenue-sharing arrangements and cost and expense allocations between the parties. Changes in the revenue-sharing arrangements or the costs and expenses that we have to bear under these relationships could have a material impact on our operating expenses. In addition, we may be unable to maintain adequate banking relationships or, following its expiration in 2015, renew our agreements with GE Capital Retail Bank under terms at least as favorable to us as those existing before renewal.
We receive important services from third-party vendors, including card processing from Total System Services, Inc. Replacing them would be difficult and disruptive to our business.
Some services relating to our business, including fraud management and other customer verification services, transaction processing and settlement, card production and customer service, are outsourced to third-party vendors, such as Total System Services, Inc. for card processing and Genpact International, Inc. for call center services. We intend to migrate our card processing from Total System Services, Inc. to an in-house processing solution, but will
18
continue to rely upon this vendor for some portion of our card processing for an extended period of time. It would be difficult to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly Total System Services, Inc., in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services during the term of their agreements with us or if we are unable to successfully develop our in-house processing solution, and our business and operations could be adversely affected.
Our business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of prepaid cards as a payment mechanism or there are adverse developments with respect to the prepaid financial services industry in general.
As the prepaid financial services industry evolves, consumers may find prepaid financial services to be less attractive than traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use prepaid financial services for any number of reasons, including the general perception of our industry. For example, negative publicity surrounding other prepaid financial service providers could impact our business and prospects for growth to the extent it adversely impacts the perception of prepaid financial services among consumers. If consumers do not continue or increase their usage of prepaid cards, our operating revenues may remain at current levels or decline. Predictions by industry analysts and others concerning the growth of prepaid financial services as an electronic payment mechanism may overstate the growth of an industry, segment or category, and you should not rely upon them. The projected growth may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid financial services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional debit cards and prepaid cards, away from our products and services, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational damage to us and reduce the use and acceptance of our cards and reload network.
Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities involving our cards or cardholder information, such as counterfeiting, fraudulent payment or refund schemes and identity theft. We rely upon third parties for some transaction processing services, which subjects us and our cardholders to risks related to the vulnerabilities of those third parties. A single significant incident of fraud, or increases in the overall level of fraud, involving our cards and other products and services, could result in reputational damage to us, which could reduce the use and acceptance of our cards and other products and services, cause retail distributors or network acceptance members to cease doing business with us or lead to greater regulation that would increase our compliance costs. Furthermore, in an effort to counteract fraud involving our products and services, we may implement risk control mechanisms that could make it more difficult for legitimate customers to obtain and use our products and services, which would negatively impact our operating results.
A data security breach could expose us to liability and protracted and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation and operating revenues.
We, the banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors, network acceptance members and third-party processors receive, transmit and store confidential customer and other information in connection with the sale and use of our prepaid financial services. Our encryption software and the other technologies we use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission of confidential customer and other information may not be effective to protect against data security breaches by third parties. The risk of unauthorized circumvention of our security measures has been heightened by advances in computer capabilities and the increasing sophistication of hackers. The banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors, network acceptance members and third-party processors also may experience similar security breaches involving the receipt, transmission and storage of our confidential customer and other information. Improper access to our or these third parties’ systems or databases could result in the theft, publication, deletion or modification of confidential customer and other information.
A data security breach of the systems on which sensitive cardholder data and account information are stored could lead to fraudulent activity involving our products and services, reputational damage and claims or regulatory actions against us. If we are sued in connection with any data security breach, we could be involved in protracted and costly litigation. If unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to pay damages and/or change our business practices or pricing structure, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating revenues and profitability. We would also likely have to pay (or indemnify the banks that issue our cards for) fines, penalties and/or other assessments imposed by Visa or MasterCard as a result of any data security breach. Further, a significant data security breach could lead to additional regulation, which could impose new and costly compliance obligations. In addition, a data security breach at one of the banks that issue our cards or at our retail distributors, network acceptance members or third-party processors could result in significant reputational harm to us and cause the use and acceptance of our cards to decline, either of which could have a significant adverse impact on our operating revenues and future growth prospects.
19
Litigation or investigations could result in significant settlements, fines or penalties.
We are subject to litigation and regulatory oversight in the normal course of our business, and may be subject to regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations from time to time. In May 2011, the office of the Attorney General of Florida announced that it is investigating five prepaid debit card providers, including us, relating to the allegation of possible hidden fees on their cards and false claims of credit building. We have conducted a thorough review of this allegation as it relates to our cards and have held meetings with the Attorney General's office to provide requested information in connection with this ongoing investigation. In addition, in October 2011, Integrated Technological Systems, Inc. filed a lawsuit against us, and in February 2012, TQP Development, LLC filed a lawsuit against us, in each case alleging that we infringe on one of its patents and is seeking a permanent injunction against the alleged infringement, compensatory damages, costs, and attorney's fees. While we believe we have meritorious defenses against these patent lawsuits, we have not established reserves or possible ranges of losses related to these proceedings because, at this time in the proceedings, the matters do not relate to a probable loss and/or the amounts are not reasonably estimable. The outcome of litigation and regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations is difficult to predict. Plaintiffs or regulatory agencies or authorities in these matters may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts or seek to have aspects of our business suspended or modified. The monetary and other impact of these actions may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend, settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant. Further, an unfavorable resolution of litigation, investigations or proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition.
If regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were to be initiated against us by private or governmental entities, adverse publicity that may be associated with these proceedings or investigations could negatively impact our relationships with retail distributors, network acceptance members and card processors and decrease acceptance and use of, and loyalty to, our products and related services, and could impact the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, such proceedings or investigations could increase the risk that we will be involved in litigation. For example, after the Florida Attorney General's office announced its investigation, several law firms announced that they were investigating us for potential consumer class action lawsuits or derivative lawsuits for breach of fiduciary duties by our board of directors. While we would defend ourselves vigorously against such lawsuits to the extent that any are ultimately initiated against us, the outcome of litigation is difficult to predict and the cost to defend, settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant. For the foregoing reasons, if regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were to be initiated against us by private or governmental entities, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected or our stock price could decline.
We must adequately protect our brand and the intellectual property rights related to our products and services and avoid infringing on the proprietary rights of others.
The Green Dot brand is important to our business, and we utilize trademark registrations and other means to protect it. Our business would be harmed if we were unable to protect our brand against infringement and its value was to decrease as a result.
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality and license agreements to protect the intellectual property rights related to our products and services. We may unknowingly violate the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others and, thus, may be subject to claims by third parties. If so, we may be required to devote significant time and resources to defending against these claims or to protecting and enforcing our own rights. Some of our intellectual property rights may not be protected by intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. The loss of our intellectual property or the inability to secure or enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend successfully against an infringement action could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
We are exposed to losses from cardholder account overdrafts.
Our cardholders can incur charges in excess of the funds available in their accounts, and we may become liable for these overdrafts. While we decline authorization attempts for amounts that exceed the available balance in a cardholder’s account, the application of card association rules, the timing of the settlement of transactions and the assessment of the card’s monthly maintenance fee, among other things, can result in overdrawn accounts.
Maintenance fee assessments accounted for approximately
91%
of aggregate overdrawn account balances in the year ended
December 31, 2011
, as compared to approximately 95% in the year ended December 31, 2010. Maintenance fee assessment overdrafts occur as a result of our charging a cardholder, pursuant to the card’s terms and conditions, the monthly maintenance fee at a time when he or she does not have sufficient funds in his or her account.
20
Our remaining overdraft exposure arises primarily from late-posting. A late-post occurs when a merchant posts a transaction within a payment network-permitted timeframe but subsequent to our release of the authorization for that transaction, as permitted by card association rules. Under card association rules, we may be liable for the amount of the transaction even if the cardholder has made additional purchases in the intervening period and funds are no longer available on the card at the time the transaction is posted.
Overdrawn account balances are funded on our behalf by the bank that issued the overdrawn card. We are responsible to this card issuing bank for any losses associated with these overdrafts. Overdrawn account balances are therefore deemed to be our receivables due from cardholders. We maintain reserves to cover the risk that we may not recover these receivables due from our cardholders, but our exposure may increase above these reserves for a variety of reasons, including our failure to predict the actual recovery rate accurately. To the extent we incur losses from overdrafts above our reserves or we determine that it is necessary to increase our reserves substantially, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We face settlement risks from our retail distributors, which may increase during an economic downturn.
The vast majority of our business is conducted through retail distributors that sell our products and services to consumers at their store locations. Our retail distributors collect funds from the consumers who purchase our products and services and then must remit these funds directly to accounts established for the benefit of these consumers at the banks that issue our cards. The remittance of these funds by the retail distributor takes on average three business days. If a retail distributor becomes insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to remit proceeds to the card issuing bank from the sales of our products and services, we are liable for any amounts owed to the card issuing bank. As of
December 31, 2011
, we had assets subject to settlement risk of
$27.4 million
. Given the possibility of recurring volatility in global financial markets, the approaches we use to assess and monitor the creditworthiness of our retail distributors may be inadequate, and we may be unable to detect and take steps to mitigate an increased credit risk in a timely manner.
Economic downturns could result in settlement losses, whether or not directly related to our business. We are not insured against these risks. Significant settlement losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Future acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions or investments that we believe will help us to achieve our strategic objectives. The process of integrating an acquired business, product or technology can create unforeseen operating difficulties, expenditures and other challenges such as:
|
•
|
increased regulatory and compliance requirements;
|
|
•
|
implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies at the acquired company;
|
|
•
|
diversion of management time and focus from operation of our then-existing business to acquisition integration challenges;
|
|
•
|
coordination of product, sales, marketing and program and systems management functions;
|
|
•
|
transition of the acquired company’s users and customers onto our systems;
|
|
•
|
retention of employees from the acquired company;
|
|
•
|
integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;
|
|
•
|
integration of the acquired company’s accounting, information management, human resource and other administrative systems and operations generally with ours;
|
|
•
|
liability for activities of the acquired company prior to the acquisition, including violations of law, commercial disputes, and tax and other known and unknown liabilities; and
|
|
•
|
litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims brought by terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.
|
If we are unable to address these difficulties and challenges or other problems encountered in connection with our recent bank acquisition or any future acquisition or investment, we might not realize the anticipated benefits of that acquisition or investment, we might incur unanticipated liabilities or we might otherwise suffer harm to our business generally.
To the extent we pay the consideration for any future acquisitions or investments in cash, it would reduce the amount of cash available to us for other purposes. Future acquisitions or investments could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, or impairment
21
charges against goodwill on our balance sheet, any of which could harm our financial condition and negatively impact our stockholders.
Economic, political and other conditions may adversely affect trends in consumer spending.
The electronic payments industry, including the prepaid financial services segment within that industry, depends heavily upon the overall level of consumer spending. The United States is currently facing challenging economic conditions and if these conditions remain uncertain or deteriorate further, we may experience a reduction in the number of our cards that are purchased or reloaded, the number of transactions involving our cards and the use of our reload network and related services. A sustained reduction in the use of our products and related services, either as a result of a general reduction in consumer spending or as a result of a disproportionate reduction in the use of card-based payment systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially harmed.
Our business is dependent on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of computer network systems and data centers.
Our ability to provide reliable service to cardholders and other network participants depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers as well as those of our retail distributors, network acceptance members and third-party processors. Our business involves movement of large sums of money, processing of large numbers of transactions and management of the data necessary to do both. Our success depends upon the efficient and error-free handling of the money that is collected by our retail distributors and remitted to network acceptance members or the banks that issue our cards. We rely on the ability of our employees, systems and processes and those of the banks that issue our cards, our retail distributors, our network acceptance members and third-party processors to process and facilitate these transactions in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free manner.
In the event of a breakdown, a catastrophic event (such as fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure or physical break-in), a security breach or malicious attack, an improper operation or any other event impacting our systems or processes, or those of our vendors, or an improper action by our employees, agents or third-party vendors, we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. The measures we have taken, including the implementation of disaster recovery plans and redundant computer systems, may not be successful, and we may experience other problems unrelated to system failures. We may also experience software defects, development delays and installation difficulties, any of which could harm our business and reputation and expose us to potential liability and increased operating expenses. Some of our contracts with retail distributors, including our contract with Walmart, contain service level standards pertaining to the operation of our systems, and provide the retail distributor with the right to collect damages and potentially to terminate its contract with us for system downtime exceeding stated limits. If we face system interruptions or failures, our business interruption insurance may not be adequate to cover the losses or damages that we incur.
We must be able to operate and scale our technology effectively to match our business growth.
Our ability to continue to provide our products and services to a growing number of network participants, as well as to enhance our existing products and services and offer new products and services, is dependent on our information technology systems. If we are unable to manage the technology associated with our business effectively, we could experience increased costs, reductions in system availability and losses of our network participants. Any failure of our systems in scalability and functionality would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the larger electronic payments industry necessary to continue providing our network acceptance members and cardholders with new and innovative products and services, the use of our cards and other products and services could decline.
The electronic payments industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes, including continuing advancements in the areas of radio frequency and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), e-commerce and mobile commerce, among others. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We rely in part on third parties, including some of our competitors and potential competitors, for the development of, and access to, new technologies. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to our industry will continue to emerge, and these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently utilize in our products and services. Additionally, we may make future investments in, or enter into strategic alliances to develop, new technologies and services or to implement infrastructure change to further our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and remain competitive. However, our ability to transition to new services and technologies that we develop may be inhibited by a lack of industry-wide standards, by resistance from our retail distributors, network acceptance members, third-party processors or consumers to these changes, or by the intellectual
22
property rights of third parties. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. These initiatives are inherently risky, and they may not be successful or may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our future success depends on our ability to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, integrate, retain and recognize key personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales, marketing and program and systems management personnel. Replacing departing key personnel can involve organizational disruption and uncertainty, as we experienced in connection with replacing Mark T. Troughton, our former President, Cards and Network, following his resignation in January 2012. We must retain and motivate existing personnel, and we must also attract, assimilate and motivate additional highly-qualified employees. We may experience difficulty in managing transitions and assimilating our newly-hired personnel, which may adversely affect our business. Competition for qualified management, sales, marketing and program and systems management personnel can be intense. Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our top management and employees. If we fail to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel, our ability to manage and grow our business could be harmed.
We might require additional capital to support our business in the future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.
If our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balances and any cash generated from operations are not sufficient to meet our future cash requirements, we will need to access additional capital to fund our operations. We may also need to raise additional capital to take advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by, among other things:
|
•
|
issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities;
|
|
•
|
issuing debt securities; and
|
|
•
|
borrowing funds under a credit facility.
|
We may not be able to raise needed cash in a timely basis on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available, may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders. The holders of new securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a debt financing, the terms of the financing might impose additional conditions or restrictions on our operations that could adversely affect our business. If we require new sources of financing but they are insufficient or unavailable, we would be required to modify our operating plans to take into account the limitations of available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or grow our business.
The occurrence of catastrophic events could damage our facilities or the facilities of third parties on which we depend, which could force us to curtail our operations.
We and some of the third-party service providers on which we depend for various support functions, such as customer service and card processing, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our principal offices, for example, are situated in the foothills of southern California near known earthquake fault zones and areas of elevated wild fire danger. If any catastrophic event were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired, as we do not maintain redundant systems for critical business functions, such as finance and accounting. In addition, we might not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from catastrophic events or other significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies, as well as the damage to, or interruption of, our infrastructure and processes, could seriously impair our business and financial condition.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we might be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and might suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violate NYSE listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. We may in the future discover areas of our internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that need improvement. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
23
assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company will be detected. If we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and could result in regulatory action, and could require us to restate, our financial statements. Any such restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the SEC.
Changes in accounting standards or inaccurate estimates or assumptions in the application of accounting policies could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations and are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. If those assumptions, estimates or judgments were incorrectly made, we could be required to correct and restate prior period financial statements. Accounting standard-setters and those who interpret the accounting standards (such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, banking regulators and our independent registered public accounting firm) may also amend or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how various standards should be applied. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the need to revise and republish prior period financial statements.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock
The price of our Class A common stock may be volatile.
In the recent past, stocks generally, and financial services company stocks in particular, have experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our Class A common stock has been highly volatile since our initial public offering and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. The trading price of our Class A common stock depends on a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common stock include the following:
|
•
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
|
|
•
|
significant volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of financial services company stocks;
|
|
•
|
actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our operating results;
|
|
•
|
actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or the recommendations of any securities analysts who follow our Class A common stock;
|
|
•
|
actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
|
|
•
|
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
|
|
•
|
litigation and investigations or proceedings involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
|
|
•
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
•
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
|
|
•
|
general economic conditions; and
|
|
•
|
sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders.
|
In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have become subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
Concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, our Class A common stock has one vote per share and our Series A convertible junior participating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock has no voting power. Based upon beneficial ownership as of
December 31, 2011
, our current directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of
24
our total shares of common stock outstanding and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 51.5% of our outstanding voting stock, representing approximately 62.4% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these stockholders are able to exercise a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and have significant influence over our management and policies for the foreseeable future. Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, these stockholders, some of which have representatives sitting on our board of directors, could use their voting control to maintain our existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of control of our company, or support or reject other management and board of director proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of significant financing transactions.
Our charter documents, Delaware law and our status as bank holding company could discourage, delay or prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to nominate directors for election to our board of directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions, among other things:
|
•
|
provide our Class B common stock with disproportionate voting rights;
|
|
•
|
provide for non-cumulative voting in the election of directors;
|
|
•
|
provide for a classified board of directors;
|
|
•
|
authorize our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms determined by our board of directors and to issue additional shares of our Class A and Class B common stock;
|
|
•
|
limit the voting power of a holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock to 14.9%;
|
|
•
|
provide that only our board of directors may set the number of directors constituting our board of directors or fill vacant directorships;
|
|
•
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders; and
|
|
•
|
require advance notification of stockholder nominations for election to our board of directors and of stockholder proposals.
|
These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions under Delaware law, could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock and result in the trading price of our Class A common stock being lower than it otherwise would be.
In addition to the foregoing, under the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, and their respective implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is necessary prior to any person or company acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions. Control, among other considerations, exists if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities, and may be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect the willingness or ability of a third party to acquire control of us for so long as we are a bank holding company.
If securities analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.
We expect that the trading price for our Class A common stock will be affected by any research or reports that securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who currently cover us or our business downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A common stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a bank holding company, our ability to
25
pay future dividends could be limited by the capital requirements imposed under the BHC Act, as well as other federal laws applicable to banks and bank holding companies.
Not applicable
We currently lease approximately 84,000 square feet in Monrovia, California for our corporate headquarters, pursuant to lease agreements for approximately 75,000 square feet that expire in September 2012 and 4,000 square feet that expire in D
ecember 2012 and a sub-lease agreement of approximately 5,000 square feet that expires in December 2013. We also maintain smaller administrative or project offices and own the real property where our subsidiary bank's only branch is located in Provo, Utah
.
In December 2011, we entered into a ten-year office lease pursuant to which we will lease a new headquarters facility, consisting of 140,000 square feet of office space in Pasadena, California. The initial term of the lease is ten years and is scheduled to commence November 1, 2012 and expire on October 31, 2022. We will relocate our employees to this new office space prior to the expiration of the lease on our current headquarters.
We believe our current office space is adequate for our current needs and our new office space in Pasadena, California will accommodate our needs for the foreseeable future.
On October 7, 2011, a lawsuit was filed against us by Integrated Technological Systems, Inc. (“ITS”) in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada. ITS alleges that we infringe U.S. Patent No. 7,912,786 entitled “Integrated Technology Money Transfer System.” The lawsuit includes allegations bearing material relation to our products. ITS seeks a permanent injunction against the alleged infringement, compensatory damages, costs and attorney's fees. We believe we have meritorious defenses to ITS's contentions, and intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously.
On February 8, 2012, a lawsuit was filed against us by TQP Development, LLC (“TQP”) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. TQP alleges that we infringe U.S. Patent No. 5,412,730 entitled “Encrypted Data Transmission System Employing Means for Randomly Altering the Encryption Keys.” The lawsuit includes allegations bearing material relation to our products. TQP seeks a permanent injunction against the alleged infringement, compensatory damages, costs and attorney's fees. We believe we have meritorious defenses to TQP's contentions, and intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously.
Not applicable.
26
Market Information
Our Class A common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GDOT” since July 22, 2010. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock. Our initial public offering was priced at $36.00 per share on July 21, 2010. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of our Class A common stock as reported on the NYSE. Our Class B common stock is not publicly traded.
|
Low
|
High
|
||||||
|
Year ended December 31, 2011
|
|||||||
|
Fourth Quarter
|
$
|
27.40
|
|
$
|
35.25
|
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
$
|
24.94
|
|
$
|
36.59
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
$
|
31.22
|
|
$
|
49.93
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
$
|
39.00
|
|
$
|
65.00
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2010
|
|||||||
|
Fourth Quarter
|
$
|
44.50
|
|
$
|
65.10
|
|
|
|
Third Quarter (beginning July 22, 2010)
|
$
|
41.13
|
|
$
|
54.24
|
|
|
Holders of Record
As of January 31, 2012, we had 129 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 48 holders of record of our Class B common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. As a bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based and leverage capital requirements, as well as other federal laws applicable to banks and bank holding companies, could limit our ability to pay dividends. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our Class A common stock, if permissible, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Green Dot Corporation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
The graph and table below compare the cumulative total stockholder return of Green Dot Corporation Class A common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P 500 Financials Index for the period beginning on the close of trading on the NYSE on July 22, 2010 (the date our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE), and ending on the close of trading on the NYSE on December 31, 2011. The graph assumes a $100 investment in our Class A common stock and each of the indices, and the reinvestment of dividends. Our Class B common stock is not publicly
27
traded or listed on any exchange or dealer quotation system.
The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our Class A common stock.
Total Return to Shareholders
(Includes reinvestment of dividends)
|
Index Returns
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Base Period 7/22/10
|
Months Ending
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Company/Index
|
Q3 2010
|
Q4 2010
|
Q1 2011
|
Q2 2011
|
Q3 2011
|
Q4 2011
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Green Dot Corporation
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
$
|
110.21
|
|
$
|
128.98
|
|
$
|
97.54
|
|
$
|
77.24
|
|
$
|
71.20
|
|
$
|
70.97
|
|
|||||||
|
Russell 2000 Index
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
$
|
111.29
|
|
$
|
129.38
|
|
$
|
139.65
|
|
$
|
137.41
|
|
$
|
107.36
|
|
$
|
123.98
|
|
|||||||
|
S&P 500 Financials Index
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
$
|
104.33
|
|
$
|
116.40
|
|
$
|
119.94
|
|
$
|
112.84
|
|
$
|
87.12
|
|
$
|
96.54
|
|
|||||||
The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information, each included in Item 8 of this report. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, the five months ended December 31, 2009, and the year ended July 31, 2009, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended July 31, 2008 and 2007 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, July 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.
28
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009(1)
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
2011
|
2010
|
2009
|
2008
|
2007
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
209,489
|
|
$
|
167,375
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|||||
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
134,143
|
|
101,502
|
|
30,509
|
|
62,396
|
|
45,310
|
|
25,419
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Interchange revenues
|
141,103
|
|
108,380
|
|
31,353
|
|
53,064
|
|
31,583
|
|
12,488
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation(2)
|
(17,337
|
)
|
(13,369
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
467,398
|
|
363,888
|
|
112,757
|
|
234,816
|
|
168,126
|
|
83,624
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Operating expenses:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
168,747
|
|
122,890
|
|
31,333
|
|
75,786
|
|
69,577
|
|
38,838
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Compensation and benefits expenses(3)
|
87,671
|
|
70,102
|
|
26,610
|
|
40,096
|
|
28,303
|
|
20,610
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Processing expenses
|
70,953
|
|
56,978
|
|
17,480
|
|
32,320
|
|
21,944
|
|
9,809
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
56,578
|
|
44,599
|
|
14,020
|
|
22,944
|
|
19,124
|
|
13,212
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
383,949
|
|
294,569
|
|
89,443
|
|
171,146
|
|
138,948
|
|
82,469
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Operating income
|
83,449
|
|
69,319
|
|
23,314
|
|
63,670
|
|
29,178
|
|
1,155
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Interest income
|
910
|
|
365
|
|
115
|
|
396
|
|
665
|
|
771
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Interest expense
|
(346
|
)
|
(52
|
)
|
(2
|
)
|
(1
|
)
|
(247
|
)
|
(625
|
)
|
|||||||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
84,013
|
|
69,632
|
|
23,427
|
|
64,065
|
|
29,596
|
|
1,301
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
31,930
|
|
27,400
|
|
9,764
|
|
26,902
|
|
12,261
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|||||||||||
|
Net income
|
52,083
|
|
42,232
|
|
13,663
|
|
37,163
|
|
17,335
|
|
4,647
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
(558
|
)
|
(14,659
|
)
|
(9,170
|
)
|
(29,000
|
)
|
(13,650
|
)
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|||||||||||
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
$
|
51,525
|
|
$
|
27,573
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|||||
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|||||
|
Basic weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
22,238
|
|
2,980
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Class B common stock
|
17,718
|
|
21,589
|
|
12,222
|
|
12,036
|
|
10,757
|
|
11,100
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|||||
|
Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
42,065
|
|
27,782
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Class B common stock
|
19,822
|
|
24,796
|
|
15,425
|
|
15,712
|
|
14,154
|
|
11,100
|
|
|||||||||||
29
|
As of December 31,
|
As of July 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2011
|
2010
|
2009
|
2009
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(4)
|
$
|
238,359
|
|
$
|
172,638
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
$
|
41,931
|
|
$
|
41,613
|
|
$
|
14,991
|
|
|||||
|
Investment securities, available-for-sale
|
31,210
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Settlement assets(5)
|
27,355
|
|
19,968
|
|
42,569
|
|
35,570
|
|
17,445
|
|
15,412
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Loans to bank customers
|
10,036
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total assets
|
425,859
|
|
285,758
|
|
183,108
|
|
123,269
|
|
97,246
|
|
56,441
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Deposits
|
38,957
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Settlement obligations(5)
|
27,355
|
|
19,968
|
|
42,569
|
|
35,570
|
|
17,445
|
|
12,916
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Long-term debt
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,446
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total liabilities
|
172,663
|
|
120,627
|
|
111,744
|
|
81,031
|
|
65,962
|
|
45,237
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
26,816
|
|
22,336
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)
|
253,196
|
|
165,131
|
|
71,364
|
|
42,238
|
|
4,468
|
|
(11,130
|
)
|
|||||||||||
___________
|
(1)
|
In September 2009, we changed our fiscal year-end from July 31 to December 31.
|
|
(2)
|
Represents the recorded fair value of the shares for which our right to repurchase lapsed during the specified period pursuant to the terms of the agreement under which we issued 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock to Walmart. See “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key components of our results of operations — Operating revenues — Stock-based retailer incentive compensation” for more information. Prior to the three months ended June 30, 2010, we did not incur any stock-based retailer incentive compensation.
|
|
(3)
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense of
$9.5 million
and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $6.8 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $2.5 million, $1.2 million, and $156,000 for fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
|
|
(4)
|
Includes
$12.9 million
, $5.1 million, $15.4 million, $15.4 million, $2.3 million, and $2.3 million of restricted cash as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 and July 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Also includes
$2.4 million
of federal funds sold as of December 31, 2011. We had no federal funds sold prior to 2011.
|
|
(5)
|
Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads and then remit these funds directly to bank accounts established for the benefit of these customers by the banks that issue our cards. Our retail distributors’ remittance of these funds takes an average of two business days. Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted to the card issuing banks. Settlement obligations represent the amounts due from us to the card issuing banks for funds collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and not funded by our line of credit. We have no control over or access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to the bank accounts. Customer funds therefore are not our assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated financial statements.
|
30
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed to be forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “continues,” “endeavors,” “strives,” “may” and “assumes,” variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason.
In this Annual Report, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, “Green Dot,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Green Dot Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Overview
Green Dot is a leading financial services company providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable, or GPR, prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the United States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services nationwide at approximately 59,000 retail store locations, which provide consumers convenient access to our products and services.
We review a number of metrics to help us monitor the performance of, and identify trends affecting, our business. We believe the following measures are the primary indicators of our quarterly and annual performance.
Number of GPR Cards Activated
— represents the total number of GPR cards sold through our retail and online distribution channels that are activated (and, in the case of our online channel, also funded) by cardholders in a specified period. We activated
7.97 million
, 6.26 million, and 4.27 million GPR cards in the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and 2.12 million and 976,000 GPR cards in the five-month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The number of new GPR card activations from repeat customers, or former GPR cardholders, in the same comparable periods were 3.39 million, 2.16 million and 0.98 million, 0.53 million and 0.18 million, respectively.
Number of Cash Transfers
— represents the total number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions that we sell through our retail distributors in a specified period. We sold
34.27 million
, 26.49 million, and 17.28 million MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and 8.19 million and 5.00 million MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions for the five-month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Number of Active Cards
— represents the total number of GPR cards in our portfolio that had a purchase, reload or ATM withdrawal transaction during the previous 90-day period. We had
4.20 million
, 3.40 million, 2.69 million, and 1.40 million active cards outstanding as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Gross Dollar Volume
— represents the total dollar volume of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload products. Our gross dollar volume was
$16.1 billion
, $10.4 billion, and $5.8 billion for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and $2.7 billion and $1.6 billion for the five-month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Total operating revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2011
were
$467.4 million
compared to
$363.9 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2010
. Total operating revenues were favorably impacted by increases in card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues primarily due to period-over-period growth in all of our key metrics described above, partially offset by our recognition of stock-based retailer incentive compensation, which increased
$3.9 million
, or
29%
, in the year ended
December 31, 2011
. For the comparable period in 2010, we recorded eight months of stock-based retailer incentive compensation, beginning May 2010. We derived approximately 5% of total operating revenues, excluding stock-based retailer incentive compensation from the Intuit program for the year ended December 31, 2011, which was discontinued in October 2011. We estimate that approximately $17 million
31
of our 2011 total operating revenues generated from the Intuit program, the largest concentration of which, approximately $8 million, occurred in the first quarter of 2011, will not recur in 2012. Furthermore, Intuit had a disproportionate impact on our key metrics in the first quarter of 2011. Approximately 23% of gross dollar volume, 18% of GPR cards activated and 10% of the number of active cards were related to this discontinued program.
Net income for the year ended
December 31, 2011
was
$52.1 million
compared to
$42.2 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2010
. Net income grew
23%
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, reflecting the total operating revenue growth described above, volume incentives on processing and call center costs and a lower overall effective tax rate compared to the year ended
December 31, 2010
.
Key components of our results of operations
Operating Revenues
We classify our operating revenues into the following four categories:
Card Revenues and Other Fees
— Card revenues consist of monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees, new card fees and other revenues. We charge maintenance fees on GPR cards to cardholders on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We charge ATM fees to cardholders when they withdraw money at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We charge new card fees when a consumer purchases a GPR or gift card in a retail store. Other revenues consist primarily of fees associated with optional products or services, which we generally offer to consumers during the card activation process. Optional products and services include providing a second card for an account, expediting delivery of the personalized GPR card that replaces the temporary card obtained at the retail store and upgrading a cardholder account to one of our premium programs — the VIP program or Premier Card program — which provide benefits for our more active cardholders.
Our aggregate new card fee revenues vary based upon the number of GPR cards activated and the average new card fee. The average new card fee depends primarily upon the mix of products that we sell since there are variations in new card fees among Green Dot-branded and co-branded products and between GPR cards and gift cards. Our aggregate monthly maintenance fee revenues vary primarily based upon the number of active cards in our portfolio and the average fee assessed per account. Our average monthly maintenance fee per active account depends upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded cards in our portfolio and upon the extent to which fees are waived based on significant usage. Our aggregate ATM fee revenues vary based upon the number of cardholder ATM transactions and the average fee per ATM transaction. The average fee per ATM transaction depends upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded active cards in our portfolio and the extent to which cardholders enroll in our VIP program, which has no ATM fees, or conduct ATM transactions on our fee-free ATM network, consisting of over 20,000 nationwide ATMs as of December 2011.
Cash Transfer Revenues
— We earn cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase and use a MoneyPak or fund their cards through a POS swipe reload transaction in a retail store. Our aggregate cash transfer revenues vary based upon the total number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions and the average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction. The average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction depends upon the relative numbers of cash transfer sales at our different retail distributors and on the mix of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions at certain retailers that have different fees for the two types of reload transactions.
Interchange Revenues
— We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the merchant’s bank, which are based on rates established by the payment networks, when cardholders make purchase transactions using our cards. Our aggregate interchange revenues vary based primarily on the number of active cards in our portfolio, the average transactional volume of the active cards in our portfolio and on the mix of cardholder purchases between those using signature identification technologies and those using personal identification numbers.
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
— In May 2010, we issued to Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock, subject to our right to repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon a qualifying termination of our prepaid card program agreement with Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank, formerly GE Money Bank. We recognize each month the fair value of the 36,810 shares issued to Walmart for which our right to repurchase has lapsed using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock (and we would be required to recognize the fair value of all shares still subject to repurchase if there were an early expiration of our right to repurchase, which could occur if we experienced certain changes in our control or under certain other limited circumstances, such as a termination of our commercial agreement with Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank). We record the fair value recognized as stock-based retailer incentive compensation, a contra-revenue component of our total operating revenues.
32
Operating Expenses
We classify our operating expenses into the following four categories:
Sales and Marketing Expenses
— Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of the sales commissions we pay to our retail distributors and brokers for sales of our GPR and gift cards and reload services in their stores, advertising and marketing expenses, and the costs of manufacturing and distributing card packages, placards and promotional materials to our retail distributors and personalized GPR cards to consumers who have activated their cards. We generally establish sales commission percentages in long-term distribution agreements with our retail distributors, and aggregate sales commissions are determined by the number of prepaid cards and cash transfers sold at their respective retail stores. We incur advertising and marketing expenses for television, online and in-store promotions. Advertising and marketing expenses are recognized as incurred and typically deliver a benefit over an extended period of time. For this reason, these expenses do not always track changes in our operating revenues. Our manufacturing and distribution costs vary primarily based on the number of GPR cards activated.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses
— Compensation and benefits expenses represent the compensation and benefits that we provide to our employees and the payments we make to third-party contractors. While we have an in-house customer service function, we employ third-party contractors to conduct all call center operations, handle routine customer service inquiries and provide consulting support in the area of IT operations and elsewhere. Compensation and benefits expenses associated with our customer service and loss management functions generally vary in line with the size of our active card portfolio, while the expenses associated with other functions do not.
Processing Expenses
— Processing expenses consist primarily of the fees charged to us by the banks that issue our prepaid cards, the third-party card processor that maintains the records of our customers’ accounts and processes transaction authorizations and postings for us, and the payment networks, which process transactions for us. These costs generally vary based on the total number of active cards in our portfolio and gross dollar volume.
Other General and Administrative Expenses
— Other general and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional service fees, telephone and communication costs, depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, transaction losses (losses from customer disputed transactions, unrecovered customer purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud), rent and utilities, and insurance. We incur telephone and communication costs primarily from customers contacting us through our toll-free telephone numbers. These costs vary with the total number of active cards in our portfolio as do losses from unrecovered customer purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud. Costs associated with professional services, depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, and rent and utilities vary based upon our investment in infrastructure, business development, risk management and internal controls and are generally not correlated with our operating revenues or other transaction metrics.
Income Tax Expense
Our income tax expense consists of the federal and state corporate income taxes accrued on income resulting from the sale of our products and services. Since the majority of our operations are based in California, most of our state taxes are paid to that state.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience, current circumstances and various other assumptions that our management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product is sold or the service is performed, and collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the period commensurate with our service obligation to our customers. We consider the service obligation period to be the average card lifetime. We
33
determine the average card lifetime for each pool of homogeneous products (e.g., products that exhibit the same characteristics such as nature of service and terms and conditions) based on company-specific historical data. Currently, we determine the average card lifetime separately for our GPR cards and gift cards. For our GPR cards, we measure the card lifetime as the period of time, inclusive of reload activity, between sale (or activation) of a card and the date of the last positive balance on that card. We analyze GPR cards activated between six and forty-two months prior to each balance sheet date. We use this historical look-back period as a basis for determining our average card lifetime because it provides sufficient time for meaningful behavioral trends to develop. Currently, our GPR cards have an average card lifetime of nine months. The usage of gift cards is limited to the initial funds loaded to the card. Therefore, we measure these gift cards’ lifetime as the redemption period over which cardholders perform the substantial majority of their transactions. Currently, gift cards have an average lifetime of six months. We reassess average card lifetime quarterly. Average card lifetimes may vary in the future as cardholder behavior changes relative to historical experience because customers are influenced by changes in the pricing of our services, the availability of substitute products, and other factors.
We also defer and expense commissions paid to retail distributors related to new card sales ratably over the average card lifetime, which is currently nine months for our GPR cards and six months for gift cards.
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements, whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements, including GPR and gift cards, we recognize revenues on a gross basis.
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of the new card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we estimate based on actual historical refunds.
On occasion, we enter into incentive agreements with our retail distributors and offer incentives to customers designed to increase product acceptance and sales volume. We record these incentives, including the issuance of equity instruments, as a reduction of revenues and recognize them over the period the related revenues are recognized or as services are rendered, as applicable.
Reserve for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts may arise from maintenance fee assessments on our GPR cards or from purchase transactions that we honor on GPR or gift cards, in each case in excess of the funds in the cardholder’s account. We are responsible to the banks that issue our cards for any losses associated with these overdrafts. Overdrawn account balances are therefore deemed to be our receivables due from cardholders, and we include them as a component of accounts receivable, net, on our consolidated balance sheets. The banks that issue our cards fund the overdrawn account balances on our behalf. We include our obligations to them on our consolidated balance sheets as amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts, a current liability, and we settle our obligations to them based on the terms specified in their agreements with us. These settlement terms generally require us to settle on a monthly basis or when the cardholder account is closed, depending on the card issuing bank.
We generally recover overdrawn account balances from those GPR cardholders that perform a reload transaction. In addition, we recover some purchase transaction overdrafts through enforcement of payment network rules, which allow us to recover the amounts from the merchant where the purchase transaction was conducted. However, we are exposed to losses from unrecovered GPR cardholder account overdrafts. The probability of recovering these amounts is primarily related to the number of days that have elapsed since an account had activity, such as a purchase, ATM transaction or fee assessment. Generally, we recover 50-60% of overdrawn account balances in accounts that have had activity in the last 30 days, less than 15% in accounts that have had activity in the last 30 to 60 days, and less than 10% when more than 60 days have elapsed.
We establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts for maintenance fees we assess and purchase transactions we honor, in each case in excess of a cardholder’s account balance. We classify overdrawn accounts into age groups based on the number of days since the account last had activity. We then calculate a reserve factor for each age group based on the average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These factors are applied to these age groups to estimate our overall reserve. We rely on these historical rates because they have remained relatively consistent for several years. When more than 90 days have passed without any activity in an account, we consider recovery to be remote and charge off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance against the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts.
34
Overdrafts due to maintenance fee assessments comprised approximately
91%
of our total overdrawn account balances due from cardholders for the year ended
December 31, 2011
. We charge our GPR cardholder accounts maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in the applicable cardholder agreements. Although cardholder accounts become inactive or overdrawn, we continue to provide cardholders the ongoing functionality of our GPR cards, which allows them to reload and use their cards at any time. As a result, we continue to assess a maintenance fee until a cardholder account becomes overdrawn by an amount equal to two maintenance fees, currently $6.00 for the Walmart MoneyCard and $11.90 for our Green Dot-branded GPR cards. We recognize the fees ratably over the month for which they are assessed, net of the related provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts, as a component of card revenues and other fees in our consolidated statements of operations.
We include our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to purchase transactions in other general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
Our recovery rates may change in the future in response to factors such as the pricing of reloads and new cards and the availability of substitute products.
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
We record employee stock-based compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting. For stock options and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, we base compensation expense on fair values estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock awards, including restricted stock units, we base compensation expense on the fair value of our common stock at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.
We measure the fair value of equity instruments issued to non-employees as of the earlier of the date a performance commitment has been reached by the counterparty or the date performance is completed by the counterparty. We determine the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or the fair value of our Class A or Class B common stock, as applicable, and recognize related expense in the same periods that the goods or services are received.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05,
Comprehensive Income: Presentation of Comprehensive Income
, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The ASU does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04,
Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs
, which converges common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in accordance with GAAP and IFRS. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06,
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
, which requires additional information in the roll-forward of Level 3 assets and liabilities, including the presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis. This ASU impacts disclosures only. We adopted this ASU in the first quarter of
2011
.
35
Comparison of Years Ended
December 31, 2011
and
2010
Operating Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating revenues among card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues as well as contra-revenue items:
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
209,489
|
|
44.8
|
%
|
$
|
167,375
|
|
46.0
|
%
|
|||
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
134,143
|
|
28.7
|
|
101,502
|
|
27.9
|
|
|||||
|
Interchange revenues
|
141,103
|
|
30.2
|
|
108,380
|
|
29.8
|
|
|||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
(17,337
|
)
|
(3.7
|
)
|
(13,369
|
)
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
$
|
467,398
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
363,888
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|||
Card Revenues and Other Fees —
Card revenues and other fees totaled
$209.5 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$42.1 million
, or
25%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of
27%
in the number of GPR cards activated and
24%
in the number of active cards in our portfolio. This growth was driven by a variety of factors including growth in the number of our cards sold through our established distribution channels and expansion through our online distribution channel. Under new regulations, beginning in the second half of 2012, we will be required to provide at least one fee-free ATM withdrawal per month for each card issued under the Walmart MoneyCard program. While ATM fees, a component of our card revenues and other fees, will be negatively impacted by this change, we do not expect that our operating results will be materially impacted because we anticipate that our operating revenues will be positively impacted by increases in card usage and cardholder retention as a result of this change.
Cash Transfer Revenues
— Cash transfer revenues totaled
$134.1 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$32.6 million
, or
32%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of
29%
in the number of cash transfers sold. The increase in cash transfer volume was driven both by growth in our active card base and growth in cash transfer volume from third-party programs participating in our network.
Interchange Revenues
— Interchange revenues totaled
$141.1 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$32.7 million
, or
30%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of
24%
in the number of active cards in our portfolio, an increase in the average transactional volume of the active cards in our portfolio and a
55%
increase in gross dollar volume, which was driven by the factors discussed above under “Card Revenues and Other Fees.” During the first three quarters of 2011, our interchange revenues benefited from a large number of taxpayers who elected to receive their tax refunds via direct deposit on our cards and using those funds for purchase transactions. We expect to experience a seasonal pattern in our interchange revenues during 2012 similar to 2011, as we believe that gross dollar volume loaded to our cards will be significantly higher during the first quarter of 2012, as compared to the remaining quarters of 2012, due to a larger number of taxpayers electing to receive their tax refunds via direct deposit on our cards. In addition, we expect that the contribution from taxpayers in 2012 will be negatively impacted by Intuit's nonrenewal of its joint marketing and referral agreement with us, which expired in October 2011 and had a significant impact on our operating revenues and key metrics in 2011.
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
— Our right to repurchase lapsed as to
441,720
shares issued to Walmart during the year ended
December 31, 2011
. We recognized the fair value of the shares using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock, resulting in
$17.3 million
of stock-based retailer incentive compensation, an
increase
of
$3.9 million
, or
29%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. While our stock price was generally lower in 2011 than it was in 2010, the increase in stock-based retailer incentive compensation reflected the fact that we recorded four fewer months of this expense in 2010 than we did in 2011 as we first issued the shares subject to repurchase in May 2010 in connection with entering into our amended prepaid card agreement with Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank in May 2010.
36
Operating Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits, processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
$
|
168,747
|
|
36.1
|
%
|
$
|
122,890
|
|
33.8
|
%
|
|||
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
87,671
|
|
18.8
|
|
70,102
|
|
19.3
|
|
|||||
|
Processing expenses
|
70,953
|
|
15.2
|
|
56,978
|
|
15.7
|
|
|||||
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
56,578
|
|
12.0
|
|
44,599
|
|
12.2
|
|
|||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
$
|
383,949
|
|
82.1
|
%
|
$
|
294,569
|
|
81.0
|
%
|
|||
Sales and Marketing Expenses
— Sales and marketing expenses totaled
$168.7 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$45.8 million
, or
37%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase was primarily the result of increased numbers of GPR cards and cash transfers sold, compared with the corresponding period in
2010
, and an increase in sales commissions due largely to increased sales commissions paid to Walmart as a result of entering into our amended prepaid card agreement with Walmart and GE Capital Retail Bank in May 2010.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses
— Compensation and benefits expenses totaled
$87.7 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$17.6 million
, or
25%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. This increase was primarily the result of a $15.1 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a $2.3 million increase in employee stock-based compensation. The period-over-period growth in employee compensation and benefits is due to additional employee headcount as we continued to expand our operations to support key growth initiatives, new product development and new sales efforts, and growth in our IT infrastructure and risk operations. The increase in compensation and benefits expenses was also due to a $2.5 million increase in third-party call center contractor expenses as the number of active cards in our portfolio and associated call volumes increased during the year ended
December 31, 2011
. However, our call center costs, as a percentage of our total operating revenues, were lower than the comparable period in 2010 as a result of volume incentives received from our third-party providers.
Processing Expenses
— Processing expenses totaled
$71.0 million
for the year ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$14.0 million
, or
25%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of
24%
in the number of active cards in our portfolio and
55%
in gross dollar volume and a $7.7 million increase in ATM processing fees as the volume of ATM transactions increased during the year ended
December 31, 2011
. Processing expenses were partially offset by volume incentives from the payment networks. While we expect processing expenses to be favorably impacted by the transition of our card issuing program with Columbus Bank and Trust Company to our subsidiary bank, which we expect will commence in the second half of 2012, there can be no assurance that our processing expenses will decline on a year-over-year basis in absolute dollars or as percentage of total operating revenues in 2012 because these expenses are subject to a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control.
Other General and Administrative Expenses
— Other general and administrative expenses totaled
$56.6 million
for the years ended
December 31, 2011
, an
increase
of
$12.0 million
, or
27%
, from the comparable period in
2010
. The increase in other general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of a $4.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, a $3.0 million increase in our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to purchase transactions, and a $2.9 million increase in transaction losses, primarily associated with customer disputed transactions, which fluctuate based on changes in gross dollar volume. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $4.0 million in professional service expenses. During the year ended
December 31, 2010
, we incurred significant professional services expenses in connection with our initial public offering, which was completed in July 2010. We expect to incur additional rent expense of between $2.6 million and $2.9 million associated with our new headquarters while we are in the process of completing tenant improvements prior to occupying them in the second half of 2012.
37
Income Tax Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||
|
U.S. federal statutory tax rate
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
1.6
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
Change in state apportionment method
|
—
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
Non-deductible offering costs
|
—
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
Other
|
1.4
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
38.0
|
%
|
39.3
|
%
|
|
Our income tax expense
increased
by
$4.5 million
to
$31.9 million
in the year ended
December 31, 2011
from the comparable period in
2010
, and our effective tax rate
decreased
1.3
percentage points from
39.3%
to
38.0%
. Certain enacted California tax law changes, which became effective January 1, 2011 and allowed us to continue to apply the alternative apportionment method we used to allocate income to California in 2009 and 2010, lowered the income we apportion to California from the comparable period in 2010, resulting in a lower effective state tax rate in 2011. The year ended December 31, 2010 was impacted by several discrete items. The California Franchise Tax Board, or FTB, approved a retroactive application of the alternative apportionment method to our income tax returns filed for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009. We recognized this tax benefit in the year ended December 31, 2010. This tax benefit was partially offset by non-deductible expenses related to our initial public offering recognized in the year ended December 31, 2010.
Comparison of Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
Operating Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating revenues among card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues as well as contra-revenue items:
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2010
|
2009
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
167,375
|
|
46.0
|
%
|
$
|
123,790
|
|
47.9
|
%
|
|||
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
101,502
|
|
27.9
|
|
68,515
|
|
26.5
|
|
|||||
|
Interchange revenues
|
108,380
|
|
29.8
|
|
66,205
|
|
25.6
|
|
|||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
(13,369
|
)
|
(3.7
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
$
|
363,888
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
258,510
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|||
Card Revenues and Other Fees
— Card revenues and other fees totaled $167.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $43.6 million, or 35%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of 47% in the number of GPR cards activated and 26% in the number of active cards in our portfolio. This growth was driven by a variety of factors including growth in the number of our cards sold through our established distribution channels and expansion through our online distribution channel and the launch of new retailers like 7-Eleven. Additionally, the fee reductions and new product features that we launched in July 2009 helped us attract significant numbers of new users of our Green Dot branded products. These fee reductions also contributed to the decline in card revenues and other fees as a percentage of total operating revenues.
Cash Transfer Revenues
— Cash transfer revenues totaled $101.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $33.0 million, or 48%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of 53% in the number of cash transfers sold, partially offset by a shift in our mix of retail distributors toward Walmart. The increase in cash transfer volume was driven both by growth in our active card base and growth in cash transfer volume from third-party programs participating in our network.
38
Interchange Revenues
— Interchange revenues totaled $108.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $42.2 million, or 64%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of 26% in the number of active cards in our portfolio and 80% in gross dollar volume, driven by the factors discussed above under “Card Revenues and Other Fees,” and an increase in the average transactional volume of the active cards in our portfolio.
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
— Our right to repurchase lapsed as to 294,480 shares issued to Walmart during the year ended December 31, 2010. We recognized the fair value of the shares using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock, resulting in $13.4 million of stock-based retailer incentive compensation.
Operating Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits, processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2010
|
2009
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
$
|
122,890
|
|
33.8
|
%
|
$
|
72,119
|
|
27.9
|
%
|
|||
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
70,102
|
|
19.3
|
|
51,297
|
|
19.8
|
|
|||||
|
Processing expenses
|
56,978
|
|
15.7
|
|
38,035
|
|
14.7
|
|
|||||
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
44,599
|
|
12.2
|
|
27,500
|
|
10.7
|
|
|||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
$
|
294,569
|
|
81.0
|
%
|
$
|
188,951
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
|||
Sales and Marketing Expenses
— Sales and marketing expenses totaled $122.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $50.8 million, or 70%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of a $37.8 million increase in sales commissions and manufacturing and distribution costs due to increased sales commissions paid to Walmart as a result of entering into our amended prepaid card agreement and the increased numbers of GPR cards and cash transfer products sold compared with the corresponding period in 2009. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was also due to a $13.0 million increase in advertising and marketing expenses, as we significantly increased our television and online advertising and deployed more in-store displays than in the 2009 comparison period.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses
— Compensation and benefits expenses totaled $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $18.8 million, or 37%, from the comparable period in 2009. This increase was primarily the result of a $10.0 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a $1.0 million decrease in employee stock-based compensation. The period-over-period growth in employee compensation and benefits is due to additional employee headcount as we continued to expand our operations and assumed the reporting requirements and compliance obligations of a public company. The increase in compensation and benefits expenses was also due to an $8.8 million increase in third-party call center contractor expenses as the number of active cards in our portfolio and associated call volumes increased during the year ended December 31, 2010.
Processing Expenses
— Processing expenses totaled $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $19.0 million, or 50%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of 26% in the number of active cards in our portfolio and 80% in gross dollar volume.
Other General and Administrative Expenses
— Other general and administrative expenses totaled $44.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $17.1 million, or 62%, from the comparable period in 2009. The increase was partly the result of an increase of $6.4 million relating to professional services expenses, $5.1 million of which resulted from expenses related to our initial public offering, and $1.3 million of which represented an increase in professional services fees primarily incurred in connection with our
bank acquisition and other corporate development initiatives. The increase in other general and administrative expenses was
also the result of a $3.2 million increase in telephone and communications expenses resulting from increased use of our call center and our IVR, as the number of active cards in our portfolio increased. Additionally, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment increased by $2.6 million due to expansion of our infrastructure to support our growth and we experienced a $2.4 million increase in transaction losses, primarily associated with customer disputed transactions.
39
Income Tax Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
||||
|
|
2010
|
2009
|
|||
|
U.S. federal statutory tax rate
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
3.8
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
Change in state apportionment method
|
(4.6
|
)
|
—
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible offering costs
|
2.4
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
Other
|
2.7
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
39.3
|
%
|
41.9
|
%
|
|
Our income tax expense decreased by $1.8 million to $27.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from the comparable period in 2009, and our effective tax rate decreased 2.6% from 41.9% to 39.3% primarily as a result of a lower effective state tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2010. The lower effective state tax rate was the result of a change in the apportionment method we use to allocate income to California. Under the alternative apportionment method, approved by the FTB in May 2010, we apportioned less income to California, resulting in a lower effective state tax rate. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was impacted in large part by two discrete items. The FTB approved a retroactive application of the alternative apportionment method to our income tax returns filed for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009. We recognized this for tax benefit in the year ended December 31, 2010. This tax benefit was partially offset by non-deductible expenses related to our initial public offering recognized in the year ended December 31, 2010. Excluding the impact of these discrete items, our effective tax rate would have been 41.5%.
Comparison of Five Months Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
Operating Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating revenues among card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues as well as contra-revenue items:
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2009
|
2008
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
52.2
|
%
|
|||
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
30,509
|
|
27.1
|
|
24,391
|
|
27.4
|
|
|||||
|
Interchange revenues
|
31,353
|
|
27.8
|
|
18,212
|
|
20.4
|
|
|||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
$
|
112,757
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
89,063
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|||
Card Revenues and Other Fees
— Our card revenues and other fees totaled $50.9 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $4.4 million, or 10%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily due to period-over-period growth of 116% in the number of GPR cards activated and 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio, largely offset by the February 2009 reduction in new card and monthly maintenance fees for the Walmart MoneyCard and the July 2009 reduction in the new card fee for Green Dot-branded cards. These fee reductions also contributed to the decline in card revenues and other fees as a percentage of total operating revenues.
Cash Transfer Revenues
— Our cash transfer revenues totaled $30.5 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.1 million, or 25%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily due to period-over-period growth of 64% in the number of cash transfers sold, partially offset by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart, which generally has lower fees than our other retail distributors and significantly reduced the POS swipe reload fee in February 2009.
40
Interchange Revenues
— Our interchange revenues totaled $31.4 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $13.1 million, or 72%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily due to period-over-period growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio and 69% in gross dollar volume.
Operating Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits, processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2009
|
2008
|
|||||||||||
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
Amount
|
% of Total
Operating
Revenues
|
||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
$
|
31,333
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
$
|
35,001
|
|
39.3
|
%
|
|||
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
26,610
|
|
23.6
|
|
15,409
|
|
17.3
|
|
|||||
|
Processing expenses
|
17,480
|
|
15.5
|
|
11,765
|
|
13.2
|
|
|||||
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
14,020
|
|
12.4
|
|
9,463
|
|
10.6
|
|
|||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
$
|
89,443
|
|
79.3
|
%
|
$
|
71,638
|
|
80.4
|
%
|
|||
Sales and Marketing Expenses
— Our sales and marketing expenses were $31.3 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $3.7 million, or 10%, from the comparable period in 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a $4.3 million decline in advertising and marketing expenses. During the 2009 comparison period, we did no television advertising and deployed fewer new in-store displays. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses was also the result of a $2.7 million, or 12%, decline in the sales commissions we paid to our retail distributors and brokers because of reductions in the commission percentages we paid to our retail distributors, most significantly Walmart. These declines were partially offset by a $3.3 million increase in our manufacturing and distribution costs due to increased numbers of GPR cards and MoneyPaks sold.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses
— Our compensation and benefits expenses were $26.6 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $11.2 million, or 73%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily the result of a $7.1 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a $5.8 million increase in stock-based compensation. In December 2009, our board of directors awarded 257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair value of this award was approximately $5.2 million, based on an estimated fair value of our common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board of directors on the date of the award. We recorded the aggregate grant date fair value as stock-based compensation on the date of the award. The increase in compensation and benefits expenses was also the result of a $4.1 million increase in third-party contractor expenses as the number of active cards in our portfolio and associated call volumes grew from the five months ended December 31, 2008 to the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Processing Expenses
— Our processing expenses were $17.5 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.7 million, or 49%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily the result of period-over-period growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio, partially offset by lower fees charged to us under agreements with one of the banks that issue our cards and our third-party card processor that became effective in November 2008 and by more efficient use of our card processor through the purging of inactive accounts and more effective use of analysis and reporting tools.
Other General and Administrative Expenses
— Our other general and administrative expenses were $14.0 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $4.6 million, or 48%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily the result of a $2.6 million increase in professional service fees due to our bank acquisition and other corporate development initiatives and a $1.2 million increase in telephone and communication expenses due to increased use of our call center and our IVR, as the number of active cards in our portfolio increased.
41
Income Tax Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
||||
|
|
2009
|
2008
|
|||
|
U.S. federal statutory tax rate
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
6.7
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
Other
|
—
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
41.7
|
%
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $2.3 million to $9.8 million in the five months ended December 31, 2009 from the comparable period in 2008, and there was a slight decline in the effective tax rate.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table summarizes our major sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Total cash provided by (used in)
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Operating activities
|
$
|
94,051
|
|
$
|
83,503
|
|
$
|
26,121
|
|
$
|
35,297
|
|
|||
|
Investing activities
|
(50,441
|
)
|
(3,213
|
)
|
(5,063
|
)
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Financing activities
|
14,320
|
|
30,910
|
|
8,681
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Increase (decrease) in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
$
|
57,930
|
|
$
|
111,200
|
|
$
|
29,739
|
|
$
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|||
In the years ended
December 31, 2011
and
2010
, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009, we financed our operations primarily through our cash flows from operations. At
December 31, 2011
, our primary source of liquidity was unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling
$223.0 million
.
We use trend and variance analyses as well as our detailed budgets and forecasts to project future cash needs, making adjustments to the projections when needed. We believe that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or borrowings. Any additional financing we require may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A and Class B common stock and our Series A convertible junior participating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.
In December 2011, pursuant to our commitments to the Federal Reserve Board and Utah Department of Financial Institutions, we made a capital contribution of $14.3 million in cash to Green Dot Bank.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Our
$94.1 million
of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended
December 31, 2011
principally resulted from
$52.1 million
of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $40.1 million. Our
$83.5 million
of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended
December 31, 2010
principally resulted from
$42.2 million
of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $27.9 million. Our $26.1 million of net cash provided by operating activities in the five months ended December 31, 2009 resulted from $13.7 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $12.6 million. Our $35.3 million of net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended July 31, 2009 resulted from $37.2 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash operating expenses of $5.7 million, offset by settlement payments to banks that issue our cards for amounts due to them for overdrawn card accounts. During the year ended July 31, 2009, we amended our agreement with one of the banks that issue our cards, expediting the settlement timing of these amounts.
42
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Our
$50.4 million
of net cash used in investing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2011
reflects purchases of available-for-sale investment securities of
$45.1 million
, payments for acquisition of property and equipment of
$23.1 million
and an increase in restricted cash of
$7.8 million
, partially offset by proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale investment securities of
$20.2 million
. In March 2011, we increased our cash collateral requirements on our line of credit from $5.0 million to $10.0 million. We present our cash collateral on our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash. Our
$3.2 million
of net cash provided by investing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2010
reflects a decrease in restricted cash of
$10.2 million
offset by payments for acquisition of property and equipment of
$13.5 million
. In
December 2010
, we reduced our cash collateral on our line of credit from $15.0 million to $5.0 million. Our net cash used in investing activities in the five months ended December 31, 2009 consisted almost entirely of payments for acquisition of property and equipment of $5.1 million. Our net cash used in investing activities in the year ended July 31, 2009 consisted of an increase in restricted cash of $13.0 million and payments for acquisition of property and equipment of $6.4 million.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Our
$14.3 million
of net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended
December 31, 2011
was the result of excess tax benefits of
$3.0 million
and proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the issuance of shares under our employee stock purchase plan of
$6.1 million
. Our
$30.9 million
of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended
December 31, 2010
was primarily the result of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. Our $8.7 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the five months ended December 31, 2009 was the result of the repayment to us of $5.9 million of related party notes receivable and excess tax benefits and proceeds from the exercise of stock options for an aggregate of $2.8 million. Our $28.6 million of net cash used in financing activities in the year ended July 31, 2009 was primarily associated with the redemption in full of our Series D redeemable preferred stock. We receive cash from the exercise of stock options and the sale of Class A common stock under our employee stock purchase plan. While we expect to continue to receive these proceeds in future periods, the timing and amount of such proceeds are difficult to predict and are contingent on a number of factors including the price of our Class A common stock, the number of employees participating in our equity incentive plan and our employee stock purchase plan and general market conditions
Commitments
We anticipate that we will continue to purchase property and equipment as necessary in the normal course of our business. The amount and timing of these purchases and the related cash outflows in future periods is difficult to predict and is dependent on a number of factors including the hiring of employees, the rate of change of computer hardware and software used in our business, the leasing of a new office facility and our business outlook. In 2012, we expect to purchase furniture and equipment and make leasehold improvements to our new headquarters in Pasadena, California.
We have used cash to acquire businesses and technologies and we anticipate that we will continue to do so in the future. The nature of these transactions makes it difficult to predict the amount and timing of such cash requirements. We may also be required to raise additional financing to complete future acquisitions
Contractual Obligations
Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future liquidity. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations, including both on- and off-balance sheet transactions that represent material expected or contractually committed future obligations, at December 31, 2011. We believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from operations and from our existing cash balances.
43
|
Payments Due by Period
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
Less than 1 Year
|
1-3 Years
|
3-5 Years
|
More than 5 Years
|
||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Capital lease obligations
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||
|
Operating lease obligations
|
43,979
|
|
3,169
|
|
7,480
|
|
8,031
|
|
25,299
|
|
||||||||||
|
Purchase obligations(1)
|
11,636
|
|
7,706
|
|
3,930
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total
|
$
|
55,615
|
|
$
|
10,875
|
|
$
|
11,410
|
|
$
|
8,031
|
|
$
|
25,299
|
|
|||||
___________
|
(1)
|
Primarily future minimum payments under agreements with vendors and our retail distributors. See note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.
|
We have entered into a lease for a new headquarters in Pasadena, California. The lease commences November 1, 2012 and will expire on October 31, 2022. The table above includes $39.8 million in operating lease payments associated with our new headquarters.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies
As discussed in Part I, Item 1. Business, we became a bank holding company in December 2011. This section presents information required by the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies.” The tables in this section include Green Dot Bank information only. All average balance data is calculated for the period December 8, 2011, the date of our acquisition of Green Dot Bank, to December 31, 2011.
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
The following table presents average balance data for our bank operations:
|
Average Balance
|
|||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||
|
Interest-bearing assets
|
|||
|
Loans
|
$
|
10,159
|
|
|
Taxable investment securities
|
4,025
|
|
|
|
Non-taxable investment securities
|
2,420
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing assets
|
19,004
|
|
|
|
Non-interest bearing assets
|
40,045
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
$
|
59,049
|
|
44
|
Average Balance
|
|||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||
|
Interest-bearing liabilities
|
|||
|
Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW)
|
$
|
1,634
|
|
|
Savings deposits
|
6,812
|
|
|
|
Time deposits, denominations greater or equal to $100
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
Time deposits, denominations less than $100
|
9,779
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities
|
19,608
|
|
|
|
Non-interest bearing liabilities
|
16,770
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
36,378
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
22,671
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$
|
59,049
|
|
Investment Portfolio
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of Green Dot Bank’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2011:
|
Amortized Cost
|
Fair Value
|
||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||
|
Agency securities
|
$
|
3,979
|
|
$
|
3,987
|
|
|
|
Municipal bonds
|
2,379
|
|
2,391
|
|
|||
|
Total fixed-income securities
|
$
|
6,358
|
|
$
|
6,378
|
|
|
The following table shows the scheduled maturities, by amortized cost, and average yields for Green Dot Bank’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2011:
|
Due in one year or less
|
Due after one year through five years
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
Due after ten years
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Agency securities
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1,060
|
|
$
|
2,080
|
|
$
|
839
|
|
$
|
3,979
|
|
||||
|
Municipal bonds
|
—
|
|
1,315
|
|
961
|
|
103
|
|
2,379
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total fixed-income securities
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
2,375
|
|
$
|
3,041
|
|
$
|
942
|
|
$
|
6,358
|
|
||||
|
Weighted-average yield
|
—
|
%
|
2.98
|
%
|
3.07
|
%
|
3.26
|
%
|
3.06
|
%
|
|||||||||
Loan Portfolio and Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The following table shows the composition of Green Dot Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011:
|
Due in one year or less
|
Due after one year through five years
|
Due after five years
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Real estate
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Fixed rate
|
$
|
3,630
|
|
$
|
1,856
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
5,486
|
|
|||
|
Commercial
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Fixed rate
|
1,230
|
|
34
|
|
1,264
|
|
|||||||||
|
Floating rate
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
153
|
|
153
|
|
|||||||
|
Installment
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Fixed rate
|
388
|
|
2,746
|
|
—
|
|
3,134
|
|
|||||||
|
Total loans
|
$
|
5,248
|
|
$
|
4,636
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
$
|
10,037
|
|
|||
45
Loan Portfolio Concentrations
Green Dot Bank operates at a single office in Provo, Utah located in the Utah County area. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 92% of our borrowers resided in the state of Utah and approximately 50% in the city of Provo. Consequently, we are susceptible to any adverse market or environmental conditions that may impact this specific geographic region.
As of December 31, 2011, the bank did not have any loans classified as non-accrual. Additionally, no allowance for loan losses was recorded because we purchased the loans at fair value on December 8, 2011, and there have been no material changes in credit quality associated with the loan portfolio since the acquisition date.
Deposits
The following table shows Green Dot Bank’s average deposits and the annualized average rate paid on those deposits from December 8, 2011 through December 31, 2011:
|
Average Balance
|
Weighted-Average Rate
|
|||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|||||
|
Interest-bearing deposit accounts
|
||||||
|
Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW)
|
$
|
1,634
|
|
0.25
|
%
|
|
|
Savings deposits
|
6,812
|
|
0.38
|
%
|
||
|
Time deposits, denominations greater or equal than $100
|
1,383
|
|
1.05
|
%
|
||
|
Time deposits, denominations less than $100
|
9,779
|
|
1.22
|
%
|
||
|
Total interest-bearing deposit accounts
|
19,608
|
|
0.83
|
%
|
||
|
Non-interest bearing deposit accounts
|
16,738
|
|
||||
|
Total deposits
|
$
|
36,346
|
|
|||
Key Financial Ratios
The following table shows certain of Green Dot Bank’s annualized key financial ratios for the period from December 8, 2011 through December 31, 2011:
|
Pretax return on assets
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
Net return on equity
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
Equity to assets ratio
|
38.4
|
%
|
Market risk is the potential for economic losses from changes in market factors such as foreign currency exchange rates, credit, interest rates and equity prices. We believe that we have limited exposure to risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. We have no foreign operations, and we do not transact business in foreign currencies. We do not hold or enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not consider our cash and cash equivalents or our investment securities to be subject to significant interest rate risk due to their short duration.
We do have exposure to credit and liquidity risk associated with the financial institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, available-for-sale investment securities, settlement assets due from our retail distributors that collect funds and fees from our customers, and amounts due from our issuing banks for fees collected on our behalf.
We manage the credit and liquidity risk associated with our cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale investment securities and amounts due from issuing banks by maintaining an investment policy that restricts our correspondent banking relationships to approved, well capitalized institutions and restricts investments to highly liquid, low credit risk related assets. Our policy has limits related to liquidity ratios, the concentration that we may have with a single institution or issuer and effective maturity dates as well as restrictions on the type of assets that we may invest in. The management Asset Liability Committee is responsible for monitoring compliance with our Capital Asset Liability Management policy and related limits on an ongoing basis, and reports regularly to the audit committee of our board of directors.
46
Our exposure to credit risk associated with our retail distributors is mitigated due to the short time period, currently an average of two days, that retailer settlement assets are outstanding. We perform an initial credit review and assign a credit limit to each new retail distributor. We monitor each retail distributor’s settlement asset exposure and its compliance with its specified contractual settlement terms on a daily basis and assess their credit limit and financial condition on a periodic basis. Our management's Enterprise Risk Management Committee is responsible for monitoring our retail distributor exposure and assigning credit limits and reports regularly to the audit committee of our board of directors.
47
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
Page
|
|
All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
48
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation
We have audited Green Dot Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Green Dot Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Green Dot Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009, and the year ended July 31, 2009 of Green Dot Corporation and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 29, 2012
49
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Green Dot Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Green Dot Corporation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Green Dot Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 29, 2012
50
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
December 31,
2011 |
December 31,
2010 |
||||||
|
|
(In thousands, except par value)
|
||||||
|
Assets
|
|
|
|||||
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
$
|
223,033
|
|
$
|
167,503
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold
|
2,400
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
|
20,647
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Settlement assets
|
27,355
|
|
19,968
|
|
|||
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
41,307
|
|
33,412
|
|
|||
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
12,248
|
|
8,608
|
|
|||
|
Income tax receivable
|
3,371
|
|
15,004
|
|
|||
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
6,664
|
|
5,398
|
|
|||
|
Total current assets
|
337,025
|
|
249,893
|
|
|||
|
Restricted cash
|
12,926
|
|
5,135
|
|
|||
|
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
|
10,563
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
4,147
|
|
2,549
|
|
|||
|
Loans to bank customers
|
10,036
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
460
|
|
643
|
|
|||
|
Property and equipment, net
|
27,281
|
|
18,034
|
|
|||
|
Deferred expenses
|
12,604
|
|
9,504
|
|
|||
|
Goodwill
|
10,817
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Total assets
|
$
|
425,859
|
|
$
|
285,758
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|||||
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Accounts payable
|
$
|
15,441
|
|
$
|
17,625
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
38,957
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Settlement obligations
|
27,355
|
|
19,968
|
|
|||
|
Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts
|
42,153
|
|
35,068
|
|
|||
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
16,248
|
|
21,633
|
|
|||
|
Deferred revenue
|
21,500
|
|
17,214
|
|
|||
|
Total current liabilities
|
161,654
|
|
111,508
|
|
|||
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
6,239
|
|
3,737
|
|
|||
|
Deferred revenue
|
19
|
|
44
|
|
|||
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
4,751
|
|
5,338
|
|
|||
|
Total liabilities
|
172,663
|
|
120,627
|
|
|||
|
Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 10 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; 7 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010
|
7
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; 30,162 and 14,762 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively
|
30
|
|
13
|
|
|||
|
Class B convertible common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; 5,280 and 27,091 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively
|
5
|
|
27
|
|
|||
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
131,383
|
|
95,433
|
|
|||
|
Retained earnings
|
121,741
|
|
69,658
|
|
|||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
30
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Total stockholders’ equity
|
253,196
|
|
165,131
|
|
|||
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
|
$
|
425,859
|
|
$
|
285,758
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
51
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended
July 31, 2009
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
209,489
|
|
$
|
167,375
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|||
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
134,143
|
|
101,502
|
|
30,509
|
|
62,396
|
|
|||||||
|
Interchange revenues
|
141,103
|
|
108,380
|
|
31,353
|
|
53,064
|
|
|||||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
(17,337
|
)
|
(13,369
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
467,398
|
|
363,888
|
|
112,757
|
|
234,816
|
|
|||||||
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
168,747
|
|
122,890
|
|
31,333
|
|
75,786
|
|
|||||||
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
87,671
|
|
70,102
|
|
26,610
|
|
40,096
|
|
|||||||
|
Processing expenses
|
70,953
|
|
56,978
|
|
17,480
|
|
32,320
|
|
|||||||
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
56,578
|
|
44,599
|
|
14,020
|
|
22,944
|
|
|||||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
383,949
|
|
294,569
|
|
89,443
|
|
171,146
|
|
|||||||
|
Operating income
|
83,449
|
|
69,319
|
|
23,314
|
|
63,670
|
|
|||||||
|
Interest income
|
910
|
|
365
|
|
115
|
|
396
|
|
|||||||
|
Interest expense
|
(346
|
)
|
(52
|
)
|
(2
|
)
|
(1
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
84,013
|
|
69,632
|
|
23,427
|
|
64,065
|
|
|||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
31,930
|
|
27,400
|
|
9,764
|
|
26,902
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income
|
52,083
|
|
42,232
|
|
13,663
|
|
37,163
|
|
|||||||
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
(558
|
)
|
(14,659
|
)
|
(9,170
|
)
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Net income allocated to common stockholders
|
$
|
51,525
|
|
$
|
27,573
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|||
|
Basic earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|||
|
Basic weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
22,238
|
|
2,980
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Class B common stock
|
17,718
|
|
21,589
|
|
12,222
|
|
12,036
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|||
|
Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
42,065
|
|
27.782
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Class B common stock
|
19,822
|
|
24,796
|
|
15,425
|
|
15,712
|
|
|||||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements
52
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
Stockholders' Equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
|
Convertible Preferred Stock
|
Class A Common Stock
|
Class B Common Stock
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Additional Paid-in Capital
|
Related Party Notes Receivable
|
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
|
Total Stockholders' Equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at July 31, 2008
|
2,926
|
|
$
|
26,816
|
|
23,837
|
|
$
|
18,345
|
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
11,753
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
$
|
3,593
|
|
$
|
(5,235
|
)
|
$
|
(12,247
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,468
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Exercise of options
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
308
|
|
—
|
|
415
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
415
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(364
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(364
|
)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
215
|
|
(215
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,468
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,468
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
—
|
|
1,956
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
—
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issuance of new shares and repurchase of existing shares, net
|
(2,926
|
)
|
(28,772
|
)
|
1,105
|
|
12,977
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(21
|
)
|
—
|
|
(1,778
|
)
|
—
|
|
(9,197
|
)
|
—
|
|
2,002
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of call option on warrants
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
37,163
|
|
—
|
|
37,163
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at July 31, 2009
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
24,942
|
|
31,322
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
12,040
|
|
12
|
|
2,955
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
13,763
|
|
|
—
|
|
42,238
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
562
|
|
1
|
|
2,811
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,812
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
55
|
|
(55
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Repayment of related party notes receivable
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
5,869
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
5,869
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
258
|
|
—
|
|
6,782
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
6,782
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,663
|
|
—
|
|
13,663
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
24,942
|
|
31,322
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
12,860
|
|
13
|
|
12,603
|
|
—
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
—
|
|
71,364
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options and warrants
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,840
|
|
2
|
|
30,873
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
30,875
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2
|
|
—
|
|
7,256
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
7,256
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,209
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,369
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,369
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of preferred stock upon IPO
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(24,942
|
)
|
(31,322
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
24,942
|
|
25
|
|
31,297
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of Class B common stock upon IPO
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
5,242
|
|
5
|
|
(5,242
|
)
|
(5
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of Class B common stock upon follow-on offering
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
3,686
|
|
4
|
|
(3,686
|
)
|
(4
|
)
|
35
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
35
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of Class B common stock by stockholders
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
3,625
|
|
4
|
|
(3,625
|
)
|
(4
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
42,232
|
|
—
|
|
42,232
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
14,762
|
|
13
|
|
27,091
|
|
27
|
|
95,433
|
|
—
|
|
69,658
|
|
|
—
|
|
165,131
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of options and issuance of ESPP shares
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
104
|
|
2
|
|
344
|
|
—
|
|
9,089
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
9,091
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
9,524
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
9,524
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
17,337
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
17,337
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of Class B common stock by stockholders
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
7
|
|
7
|
|
15,296
|
|
15
|
|
(22,155
|
)
|
(22
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
52,083
|
|
—
|
|
52,083
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
30
|
|
30
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Comprehensive income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
52,113
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2011
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
7
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
30,162
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
5,280
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
$
|
131,383
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
121,741
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
$
|
253,196
|
|
||||||||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements
53
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
52,083
|
|
$
|
42,232
|
|
13,663
|
|
37,163
|
|
|||||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
12,330
|
|
7,588
|
|
2,254
|
|
4,593
|
|
|||||||
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
60,562
|
|
46,093
|
|
11,218
|
|
22,548
|
|
|||||||
|
Employee stock-based compensation
|
9,524
|
|
7,256
|
|
6,782
|
|
2,468
|
|
|||||||
|
Stock-based retailer incentive compensation
|
17,337
|
|
13,369
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Amortization of discount on available-for-sale investment securities
|
251
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Provision (benefit) for uncollectible trade receivables
|
455
|
|
(13
|
)
|
60
|
|
61
|
|
|||||||
|
Impairment of capitalized software
|
397
|
|
409
|
|
77
|
|
405
|
|
|||||||
|
Deferred income taxes
|
251
|
|
(704
|
)
|
3,530
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
(2,951
|
)
|
(24,842
|
)
|
(1,866
|
)
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Settlement assets
|
(7,387
|
)
|
22,601
|
|
(6,999
|
)
|
(18,125
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
(70,510
|
)
|
(51,754
|
)
|
(20,241
|
)
|
(29,853
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
(2,838
|
)
|
(1,042
|
)
|
(919
|
)
|
(903
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Deferred expenses
|
(3,100
|
)
|
(1,304
|
)
|
(5,548
|
)
|
2,297
|
|
|||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
(4,489
|
)
|
16,042
|
|
8,135
|
|
3,170
|
|
|||||||
|
Settlement obligations
|
7,387
|
|
(22,601
|
)
|
6,999
|
|
18,125
|
|
|||||||
|
Amounts due issuing bank for overdrawn accounts
|
7,085
|
|
11,646
|
|
5,153
|
|
(5,309
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Deferred revenue
|
4,261
|
|
2,113
|
|
7,603
|
|
(978
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Income tax receivable
|
13,403
|
|
16,414
|
|
(3,780
|
)
|
1,366
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
94,051
|
|
83,503
|
|
26,121
|
|
35,297
|
|
|||||||
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
|
(45,056
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investment securities
|
20,152
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
|
(7,791
|
)
|
10,246
|
|
(14
|
)
|
(13,039
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Payments for acquisition of property and equipment
|
(23,076
|
)
|
(13,459
|
)
|
(5,049
|
)
|
(6,361
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Net increase in loans made to bank customers
|
245
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, net of cash acquired
|
5,085
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
(50,441
|
)
|
(3,213
|
)
|
(5,063
|
)
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Borrowings from line of credit
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
12,404
|
|
|||||||
|
Repayments on line of credit
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(12,404
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants and issuance of ESPP shares
|
6,138
|
|
6,068
|
|
946
|
|
110
|
|
|||||||
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
2,951
|
|
24,842
|
|
1,866
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Net increase in deposits
|
5,231
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Exercise of call option on warrant
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of preferred shares and freestanding warrant
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,000
|
|
|||||||
|
Redemption of preferred and common shares
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(39,770
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Proceeds from the repayment of related party notes receivable
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
5,869
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
14,320
|
|
30,910
|
|
8,681
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Net increase (decrease) in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
57,930
|
|
111,200
|
|
29,739
|
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
167,503
|
|
56,303
|
|
26,564
|
|
39,285
|
|
|||||||
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
$
|
225,433
|
|
$
|
167,503
|
|
$
|
56,303
|
|
$
|
26,564
|
|
|||
|
Cash paid for interest
|
$
|
108
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|||
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
$
|
18,291
|
|
$
|
14,282
|
|
$
|
10,032
|
|
$
|
27,403
|
|
|||
See notes to consolidated financial statements
54
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Green Dot Corporation (“we,” “us” and “our” refer to Green Dot Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Next Estate Communications, Inc., Green Dot Bancorp (formerly Bonneville Bancorp) and Green Dot Bank (formerly Bonneville Bank) is a leading provider of general purpose reloadable, or GPR, prepaid debit cards and cash loading and transfer services in the United States. Our products include Green Dot MasterCard and Visa-branded prepaid debit cards and several co-branded reloadable prepaid card programs, collectively referred to as our GPR cards; Visa-branded gift cards; and our MoneyPak and swipe reload proprietary products, collectively referred to as our cash transfer products, which enable cash loading and transfer services through our Green Dot Network. The Green Dot Network enables consumers to use cash to reload our prepaid debit cards or to transfer cash to any of our Green Dot Network acceptance members, including competing prepaid card programs and other online accounts.
We market our cards and financial services to banked, underbanked and unbanked consumers in the United States using distribution channels other than traditional bank branches, such as third-party retailer locations nationwide and the Internet. Our prepaid debit cards are issued by Green Dot Bank and third-party issuing banks including GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly GE Money Bank) and Columbus Bank and Trust Company, a division of Synovus Bank. We also have multi-year distribution arrangements with many large and medium-sized retailers, such as Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack, and with various industry resellers, such as Blackhawk Network, Inc. and Incomm. We refer to participating retailers collectively as our “retail distributors.”
Initial Public Offering
On July 27, 2010, we completed an initial public offering of 5,241,758 shares of our Class A common stock at an initial public offering price of $36.00 per share, all of which were sold by existing stockholders. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in the offering. Concurrent with the completion of the initial public offering, certain selling stockholders exercised a warrant to purchase 283,786 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.41 per share and vested options to purchase 377,840 shares of Class B common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.63 in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A common stock in the offering. We received aggregate proceeds of $1.4 million from these exercises. Additionally, all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were automatically converted to 24,941,421 shares of our Class B common stock, and all shares of our Class B common stock sold in the offering were automatically converted into a like number of Class A common stock.
Bonneville Bank
On February 4, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Bonneville Bancorp for approximately $15.7 million in cash, subject to approval by various regulatory authorities. Bonneville Bancorp, a Utah bank holding company, offered a range of business and consumer banking products in the Provo, Utah area through its bank subsidiary, Bonneville Bank, or the Bank. The Bank also originates commercial, industrial, residential, real estate and personal loans. We expect to focus the Bank on issuing our Green Dot-branded debit cards linked to an FDIC-insured transactional account.
On November 23, 2011, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and Utah Department of Financial Institutions approved our applications to acquire Bonneville Bancorp and thereby we became a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. On December 8, 2011, we completed our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp. The Bank's official name changed to Green Dot Bank, but the Bank will continue to do business and serve its customer base under the name Bonneville Bank at its current Provo, Utah location. We contributed $14.3 million in cash to the Bank in December 2011 to provide an initial capital base for its expanded operations.
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We have eliminated all significant intercompany balances and transactions in consolidation. Our consolidated financial statements include the results of entities that we control through a 50% or more ownership interest. Beginning December 8, 2011, our consolidated financial and operating results and cash flows reflect the operations of Green Dot Bank.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
We consider an operating segment to be any component of our business whose operating results are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision-maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance based on discrete financial information. Only those operating segments that meet certain quantitative and qualitative criteria are reportable segments. Our Chief Executive Officer, our chief operating decision-maker, reviews our operating results on an aggregate basis and manages our operations and the allocation of resources as a single operating segment — prepaid cards and related services.
Change in Fiscal Year
On September 29, 2009, our board of directors approved a change to our fiscal year-end from July 31 to December 31. Included in this report is the transition period for the five months ended December 31, 2009. Accordingly, these financial statements present our results of our operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009.
Unaudited Comparative Financial Statements
As a result of our change in fiscal year-end, we have presented below, for comparative purposes, our unaudited consolidated statement of operations and condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the five months ended December 31, 2008. In our opinion, the unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of our operations and our cash flows for the five months ended December 31, 2008.
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|||
|
(In thousands)
|
|||
|
Operating revenues:
|
|||
|
Card revenues and other fees
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
24,391
|
|
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
18,212
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
89,063
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|||
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
35,001
|
|
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
15,409
|
|
|
|
Processing expenses
|
11,765
|
|
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
71,638
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
17,425
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
255
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
17,679
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
7,424
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
10,255
|
|
|
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
(11,153
|
)
|
|
|
Net loss allocated to common stockholders
|
$
|
(898
|
)
|
56
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|||
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|||
|
Loss per common share
|
|||
|
Basic
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
Diluted
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
12,028
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
|
12,028
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
$
|
5,999
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
(2,452
|
)
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
(26,140
|
)
|
|
|
Net decrease in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
$
|
(22,593
|
)
|
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical factors, current circumstances, and the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider all unrestricted highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Federal funds sold consist of unsecured overnight advances of excess balances in our bank reserve account and are included in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents on our statements of cash flows.
Restricted Cash
We maintain restricted deposits in bank accounts to collateralize our line of credit and our standby letter of credit. Our line of credit is used to fund timing differences between funds remitted by our retail distributors to the banks that issue our cards and funds utilized by our cardholders. Our standby letter of credit, in the amount of $2.5 million, acts as a guarantee for our full performance of our obligations under our new ten year office lease in Pasadena.
For additional information on our new office lease, refer to
Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies
.
Settlement Assets and Obligations
Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of new cards and cash transfer products and then remit these funds directly to bank accounts established for the benefit of these customers by the third-party card issuing banks. The remittance of these funds by our retail distributors takes an average of two business days.
Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted to the card issuing banks.
Settlement obligations represent the amounts due from us to the card issuing banks for funds collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and not funded by our line of credit.
We have no control over or access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to the third-party issuing bank accounts. Customer funds held by third-party issuing banks, therefore, are not our assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, total funds held in the bank accounts for the benefit of our customers totaled $710.6 million and $251.8 million, respectively, of which $16.1 million and $9.4 million, respectively, related to funds for prepaid debit cards and cash transfer products that had not yet been activated by the customers.
57
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable is comprised principally of receivables due from card issuing banks, overdrawn account balances due from cardholders, trade accounts receivable and other receivables. We record accounts receivable net of reserves for estimated uncollectible accounts. Receivables due from card issuing banks primarily represent revenue-related funds collected by the card issuing banks from our retail distributors, merchant banks and cardholders that have yet to be remitted to us. These receivables are generally collected within a short period of time based on the remittance terms in our agreements with the card issuing banks.
Overdrawn Account Balances Due from Cardholders and Reserve for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts may arise from maintenance fee assessments on our GPR cards or from purchase transactions that we honor on GPR or gift cards, in each case in excess of the funds in a cardholder’s account. We are exposed to losses from unrecovered cardholder account overdrafts. We establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts. We classify overdrawn accounts into age groups based on the number of days that have elapsed since an account has had activity, such as a purchase, ATM transaction or maintenance fee assessment. We calculate a reserve factor for each age group based on the average recovery rate for the most recent six months. These factors are applied to these age groups to estimate our overall reserve. When more than 90 days have passed without activity in an account, we consider recovery to be remote and write off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance. We include our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to maintenance fees as an offset to card revenues and other fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We include our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to purchase transactions in other general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Loans
In connection with our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, we acquired loans and recorded them at fair value on the acquisition date. We carry our loans at their outstanding principal balances, net of any unaccreted discounts. We generally accrete these discounts into interest income over the remaining contractual term of the loans using a level yield methodology. We recognize interest income as it is earned.
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
Some of our purchased loans have evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. We consider purchased loans to be impaired if we do not expect to receive all contractually required cash flows due to concerns about credit quality. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected measured as of the acquisition date, over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using a level yield methodology. The difference between contractually-required payments as of the acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable difference.
We determine the initial fair values of purchased credit-impaired loans, or PCI loans, using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimates of principal losses and current market rates.
If there are subsequent decreases in expected principal cash flows, we record a charge to the provision for credit losses and a corresponding increase to the allowance for loan losses. If there are subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows, we record a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for any remaining increase.
Since PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, we do not classify these loans as nonperforming as the loans were written down to fair value at the acquisition date and the accretable yield is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
Nonperforming Loans
Nonperforming loans generally include loans, other than PCI loans, that have been placed on nonaccrual status. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days or more. We reverse the related accrued interest receivable and apply interest collections on nonaccruing loans as principal reductions; otherwise, we credit such collections to interest income when received. These loans may be restored to accrual status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected.
58
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
We consider a loan to be impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once we determine a loan to be impaired, we measure the impairment based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. We may also measure impairment based on observable market prices, or for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. If the recorded investment in impaired loans exceeds this amount, we establish a specific allowance as a component of the allowance for loan losses or by adjusting an existing valuation allowance for the impaired loan.
We establish an allowance for loan losses to account for estimated credit impairment in the loan portfolio. However, as our loan portfolio was acquired on December 8, 2011 at fair value, there was no perceived credit impairment as of December 31, 2011 and therefore no allowance has been established.
Property and Equipment
We carry our property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We generally compute depreciation on property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, except for internal-use software in development and land, which are not depreciated. We generally compute amortization on tenant improvements using the straight-line method over the shorter of the related lease term or estimated useful lives of the improvements. We expense expenditures for maintenance and repairs as incurred.
The estimated useful lives of the respective classes of assets are as follows:
|
Land
|
N/A
|
|
Building
|
30 years
|
|
Computer equipment, furniture and office equipment
|
3-4 years
|
|
Computer software purchased
|
3 years
|
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
2 years
|
|
Tenant improvements
|
Shorter of the useful life or the lease term
|
We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the application development stage. We also capitalize the cost of specified upgrades and enhancements to internal-use software that result in additional functionality. Once a development project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended use, we begin depreciating these costs on a straight-line basis over the internal-use software’s estimated useful life.
Impairment of Long Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows from an asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss. We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of estimated net future cash flows. Included in other general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009 were $397,000, $409,000, $77,000 and $405,000, respectively, of recognized impairment losses on internal-use software.
Goodwill
We test goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate goodwill is more likely than not impaired. The testing of goodwill for impairment is required to be performed at the level referred to as the reporting unit. A reporting unit is either the “operating segment level” or one level below, which is referred to as a “component.”
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. In performing the first step, we determine the fair value of its reporting unit using a market-based approach based on the our market capitalization. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment
59
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Amounts Due to Card Issuing Banks for Overdrawn Accounts
Our card issuing banks fund overdrawn cardholder account balances on our behalf. Amounts funded are due from us to the card issuing banks based on terms specified in the agreements with the card issuing banks. Generally, we expect to settle these obligations within 12 months.
Amounts Due Under Line of Credit
After a consumer purchases a new card or cash transfer product at a retail location, we make the funds immediately available once the consumer goes online or calls a toll-free number to activate the new card or add funds from a cash transfer product. Since our retail distributors do not remit funds to our card issuing banks, on average, for two business days, we maintain a line of credit with certain card issuing banks that is available to fund any cash requirements related to the timing difference between funds remitted by our retail distributors to the card issuing banks and funds utilized by consumers. We repay any draws on this line of credit when our retail distributors remit the funds to the card issuing banks’ bank accounts.
Revenue Recognition
Our operating revenues consist of card revenues and other fees, cash transfer revenues and interchange revenues. We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product is sold or the service is performed, and collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
Card revenues and other fees consist of monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees, new card fees and other revenues. We charge maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and conditions in the applicable cardholder agreements. We recognize monthly maintenance fees ratably over the month for which they are assessed. We charge ATM fees to cardholders when they withdraw money at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We recognize ATM fees when the withdrawal is made by the cardholder, which is the same time our service is completed and the fees are assessed. We charge new card fees when a consumer purchases a new card in a retail store. We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over our average card lifetime, which is currently nine months for our GPR cards and six months for our gift cards. We determine the average card lifetime based on our recent historical data for comparable products. We measure card lifetime for our GPR cards as the period of time, inclusive of reload activity, between sale (or activation) of the card and the date of the last positive balance. We measure the card lifetime for our gift cards as the redemption period during which cardholders perform the substantial majority of their transactions. We reassess average card lifetime quarterly. We report the unearned portion of new card fees as a component of deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues consist primarily of fees associated with optional products or services, which we generally offer to consumers during the card activation process. Optional products and services include providing a second card for an account, expediting delivery of the personalized debit card that replaces the temporary card obtained at the retail store, and upgrading a cardholder account to one of our upgrade programs. We generally recognize revenue related to optional products and services when the underlying services are completed, but we treat revenues related to our upgrade programs in a manner similar to new card fees and monthly maintenance fees.
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our cash transfer products (reload services) in a retail store. We recognize these revenues when the cash transfer transactions are completed, generally within two business days from the time of sale of these products.
We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the merchant’s bank, which are based on rates established by the payment networks, such as Visa and MasterCard, when cardholders make purchase transactions using our cards. We recognize interchange revenues as these transactions occur.
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements, whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements, including GPR and gift cards, we record revenues on a gross basis.
60
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of a new card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we estimate based on actual historical refunds.
On occasion, we enter into incentive agreements with our retail distributors and offer incentives to customers designed to increase product acceptance and sales volume. We record incentive payments, including the issuance of equity instruments, as a reduction of revenues and recognize them over the period the related revenues are recognized or as services are rendered, as applicable.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales commissions, advertising and marketing expenses, and the costs of manufacturing and distributing card packages, placards, and promotional materials to our retail distributors’ locations and personalized GPR cards to consumers who have activated their cards.
We pay our retail distributors and brokers commissions based on sales of our prepaid debit cards and cash transfer products in their stores. We defer and expense commissions related to new cards sales ratably over the average card lifetime, which is currently nine months for our GPR cards and six months for our gift cards. We expense commissions related to cash transfer products when the cash transfer transactions are completed. Sales commissions were $121.4 million and $82.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $19.0 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and $50.8 million for the year ended July 31, 2009.
We expense costs for the production of advertising as incurred. The cost of media advertising is expensed when the advertising first takes place. Advertising and marketing expenses were $14.7 million and $15.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $1.5 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and $7.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2009.
We record the costs associated with card packages and placards as prepaid expenses, and we record the costs associated with personalized GPR cards as deferred expenses. We recognize the prepaid cost of card packages and placards over the related sales period, and we amortize the deferred cost of personalized GPR cards, when activated, over the average card lifetime, currently nine months. Our manufacturing and distributing costs were $32.6 million and $24.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $10.8 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and $18.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. Included in our manufacturing and distributing costs were shipping and handling costs of $3.4 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $1.2 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and $2.3 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. Also included in our manufacturing and distributing costs was a liability that we incurred for use tax to various states related to purchases of materials since no sales tax is charged to customers when new cards or cash transfer transactions are purchased.
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
We record employee stock-based compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting. For stock options and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, we base compensation expense on fair values estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock awards, including restricted stock units, we base compensation expense on the fair value of our common stock at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.
For additional information, refer to
Note 14 – Stock-Based Compensation
.
Income Taxes
Our income tax expense is comprised of current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income tax expense results from the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the periods. These gross deferred tax assets and liabilities represent decreases or increases in taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future reversals of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws and their bases as reported in our consolidated financial statements. We also recognize deferred tax assets for tax attributes such as net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts we conclude are more likely-than-not to be realized in the foreseeable future.
61
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
We recognize and measure income tax benefits based upon a two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to be recognized, and 2) the benefit is measured as the largest dollar amount of that position that is more likely-than-not to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. We accrue income tax related interest and penalties, if applicable, within income tax expense.
For additional information, refer to
Note 10 – Income Taxes
.
Earnings Per Common Share
We have multiple classes of common stock and our preferred stockholders, during the periods their shares are outstanding, are entitled to participate with common stockholders in the distributions of earnings through dividends. Therefore, we apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per common share, or EPS. The two-class method requires net income, after deduction of any preferred stock dividends, deemed dividends on preferred stock redemptions, and accretions in the carrying value on preferred stock, to be allocated between each class or series of common and preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared. Basic EPS is then calculated by dividing net income allocated to each class of common stockholders by the respective weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding.
In addition, for diluted EPS, the conversion of Class B common stock can affect net income allocated to Class A common stockholders. Where the effect of this conversion is dilutive, we adjust net income allocated to Class A common stockholders by the associated allocated earnings of the convertible securities. We divide adjusted net income for each class of common stock by the respective weighted-average number of the common shares issued and outstanding for each period plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and restricted stock units and outstanding warrants, shares to be purchased under our employee stock purchase plan and the dilution resulting from the conversion of convertible securities, if applicable. We exclude the effects of convertible securities and outstanding warrants and stock options from the computation of diluted EPS in periods in which the effect would be anti-dilutive. We calculate dilutive potential common shares using the treasury stock method, if-converted method and the two-class method, as applicable.
For additional information, refer to
Note 15 – Earnings Per Common Share
.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following describes the valuation technique for determining the fair value of financial instruments, whether or not carried as such on our consolidated balance sheets.
Short-term Financial Instruments
Our short-term financial instruments consist principally of unrestricted and restricted cash and cash equivalents, federal funds sold,and settlement assets and obligations. These financial instruments are short-term in nature, and, accordingly, we believe their carrying amounts approximate their fair values.
Investment Securities
The fair values of investment securities have been derived using methodologies described in
Note 3 – Investment Securities
.
Loans
We determined the fair values of loans by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected using a discount rate commensurate with the risk that we believe a market participant would consider in determining fair value. The carrying value and fair value of our loans at December 31, 2011 were
$10.0 million
and $10.0 million, respectively.
Deposits
The fair value of demand and interest checking deposits and savings deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. We determined the fair value of time deposits by discounting expected future cash flows using market-derived rates based on our market yields on certificates of deposit, by maturity, at the measurement date. The carrying value and fair value of our deposits at December 31, 2011 were
$39.0 million
and $39.0 million, respectively.
62
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy
We became a bank holding company on December 8, 2011. As a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and must comply with applicable regulations, including minimum capital and leverage requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these requirements, we may become subject to formal or informal enforcement actions, proceedings, or investigations, which could result in regulatory orders, restrictions on our business operations or requirements to take corrective actions, which may, individually or in the aggregate, affect our results of operations and restrict our ability to grow. If we fail to comply with the applicable capital and leverage requirements, or if our subsidiary bank fails to comply with its applicable capital and leverage requirements, the Federal Reserve Board may limit our or Green Dot Bank's ability to pay dividends. In addition, as a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are generally prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies and financial holding companies. This restriction might limit our ability to pursue future business opportunities which we might otherwise consider but which might fall outside the scope of permissible activities. We may also be required to serve as a “source of strength” to Green Dot Bank if it becomes less than adequately capitalized.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-12,
Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
. In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05,
Comprehensive Income: Presentation of Comprehensive Income
, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-12 only defers those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. Both ASUs are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08,
Testing Goodwill for Impairment,
which provides entities testing goodwill for impairment to now have an option of performing a qualitative assessment before having to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit. If an entity determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more-likely-than-not less than the carrying amount, the existing quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04,
Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs
, which converges common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in accordance with GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06,
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
, which requires additional information in the roll-forward of Level 3 assets and liabilities, including the presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis. This ASU impacts disclosures only. We adopted this ASU in the first quarter of
2011
.
We classify our investment securities as available-for-sale and report them at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. We classify investment securities with original maturities greater than 90 days, but less than or equal to 365 days as current assets.
63
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 3—Investment Securities (continued)
The following table presents the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value for investments securities aggregated by major security type:
|
Amortized cost
|
Gross unrealized gains
|
Gross unrealized losses
|
Fair Value
|
||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Corporate bonds
|
$
|
16,307
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
$
|
16,333
|
|
|||
|
Commercial paper
|
4,998
|
|
1
|
|
—
|
|
4,999
|
|
|||||||
|
Negotiable certificate of deposit
|
3,500
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
3,500
|
|
|||||||
|
Agency securities
|
3,979
|
|
12
|
|
(4
|
)
|
3,987
|
|
|||||||
|
Municipal bonds
|
2,379
|
|
13
|
|
(1
|
)
|
2,391
|
|
|||||||
|
Total fixed income securities
|
$
|
31,163
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
$
|
31,210
|
|
|||
We had no investment securities as of
December 31, 2010
.
The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of fixed income securities by the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
|
Less Than 12 Months
|
12 Months or More
|
Total
Fair Value
|
Total Unrealized Loss
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Fair Value
|
Unrealized Loss
|
Fair Value
|
Unrealized Loss
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Fixed income securities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Corporate bonds
|
$
|
2,999
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
2,999
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|||||
|
Agency securities
|
1,663
|
|
(4
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,663
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|||||||||||
|
Municipal bonds
|
324
|
|
(1
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
324
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|||||||||||
|
Total fixed income securities
|
$
|
4,986
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,986
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|||||
We did not record any other-than-temporary impairment losses during the year ended
December 31, 2011
because we do not intend to sell these investments and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.
The scheduled maturities of our fixed income securities are as follows:
|
Amortized Cost
|
Fair Value
|
||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
|||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||||||
|
Due in one year or less
|
$
|
6,001
|
|
$
|
5,999
|
|
|
|
Due after one year through five years
|
21,178
|
|
21,205
|
|
|||
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
3,042
|
|
3,056
|
|
|||
|
Due after ten years
|
942
|
|
950
|
|
|||
|
Total
|
$
|
31,163
|
|
$
|
31,210
|
|
|
Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be
64
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The following table is a summary of our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Fair value
|
||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Corporate bonds
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
16,333
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
16,333
|
|
|||
|
Commercial paper
|
—
|
|
4,999
|
|
—
|
|
4,999
|
|
|||||||
|
Certificate of deposit
|
—
|
|
3,500
|
|
—
|
|
3,500
|
|
|||||||
|
Agency securities
|
—
|
|
3,987
|
|
—
|
|
3,987
|
|
|||||||
|
Municipal bonds
|
—
|
|
$
|
2,391
|
|
—
|
|
2,391
|
|
||||||
|
Total
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
31,210
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
31,210
|
|
|||
We had no assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of
December 31, 2010
. We based the fair value of our investment securities held as of
December 31, 2011
on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets. We had no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 assets during the
year ended
December 31, 2011
.
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2011
|
December 31, 2010
|
||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||
|
Overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
$
|
22,139
|
|
$
|
17,560
|
|
|
|
Reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
(15,309
|
)
|
(11,823
|
)
|
|||
|
Net overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
6,830
|
|
5,737
|
|
|||
|
Trade receivables
|
5,574
|
|
968
|
|
|||
|
Reserve for uncollectible trade receivables
|
(453
|
)
|
(3
|
)
|
|||
|
Net trade receivables
|
5,121
|
|
965
|
|
|||
|
Receivables due from card issuing banks
|
28,812
|
|
27,588
|
|
|||
|
Other receivables
|
4,691
|
|
1,671
|
|
|||
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
$
|
45,454
|
|
$
|
35,961
|
|
|
Activity in the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts consisted of the following:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
$
|
11,823
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
$
|
5,277
|
|
|||
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts:
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Fees
|
55,048
|
|
43,634
|
|
10,255
|
|
20,187
|
|
|||||||
|
Purchase transactions
|
5,514
|
|
2,459
|
|
963
|
|
2,361
|
|
|||||||
|
Charge-offs
|
(57,076
|
)
|
(41,730
|
)
|
(10,206
|
)
|
(21,377
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Balance, end of period
|
$
|
15,309
|
|
$
|
11,823
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
|||
In connection with our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, we acquired loans with a contractual outstanding unpaid principal and interest balance at the acquisition date of $13.7 million. We recorded these loans on our consolidated
65
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 5—Loans (continued)
balance sheet at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition of $10.3 million.
The following table presents total outstanding loans and a summary of the related payment status:
|
30-59 Days Past Due
|
60-89 Days Past Due
|
90 Days or More Past Due
|
Total Past Due 30 Days or More
|
Total Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due
|
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
|
Total Outstanding
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Real estate
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,983
|
|
$
|
503
|
|
$
|
5,486
|
|
||||||
|
Commercial
|
2
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2
|
|
1,371
|
|
44
|
|
1,417
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Installment
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
2,882
|
|
252
|
|
3,134
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total loans
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
$
|
9,236
|
|
$
|
799
|
|
$
|
10,037
|
|
|||||
|
Percentage of outstanding
|
0.02
|
%
|
—
|
%
|
—
|
%
|
0.02
|
%
|
92.02
|
%
|
7.96
|
%
|
100.00
|
%
|
|||||||||||||
We had no loans as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, no allowance for loan losses was recorded because we recorded the purchased loans at fair value on December 8, 2011 in conjunction with our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp and there have been no material changes in credit quality associated with the loan portfolio since the acquisition date.
We closely monitor and assess the credit quality and credit risk of our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. We continuously review and update loan risk classifications. We evaluate our loans using non-classified or classified as the primary credit quality indicator. Classified loans are those loans that have demonstrated credit weakness where we believe there is a heightened risk of principal loss. Classified loans are internally classified as substandard, doubtful or loss consistent with regulatory guidelines. The tables below present our primary credit quality indicators related to our loan portfolio:
|
Non-Classified
|
Classified
|
||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||||||
|
Real estate
|
$
|
5,125
|
|
$
|
361
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
1,407
|
|
10
|
|
|||
|
Installment
|
2,983
|
|
151
|
|
|||
|
Total loans
|
$
|
9,515
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
The table below presents the remaining unpaid principal balance and carrying amount for PCI loans:
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||
|
Unpaid principal balance
|
$
|
1,506
|
|
|
Carrying value
|
799
|
|
|
|
Contractually required principal balance
|
1,506
|
|
|
|
Less: Nonaccretable difference
|
(608
|
)
|
|
|
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
|
898
|
|
|
|
Less: Accretable yield
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
Fair value of loans acquired
|
$
|
799
|
|
66
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
The table below shows activity for the accretable yield on PCI loans:
|
Year Ended December 31, 2011
|
|||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||
|
Accretable yield at beginning of period
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
Additions
|
99
|
|
|
|
Accretion
|
—
|
|
|
|
Accretable yield at end of period
|
$
|
99
|
|
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2011
|
December 31, 2010
|
||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||
|
Land
|
$
|
205
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
Building
|
568
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Computer equipment, furniture, and office equipment
|
17,119
|
|
14,643
|
|
|||
|
Computer software purchased
|
6,284
|
|
6,035
|
|
|||
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
29,673
|
|
21,816
|
|
|||
|
Tenant improvements
|
2,182
|
|
1,427
|
|
|||
|
56,031
|
|
43,921
|
|
||||
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
(28,750
|
)
|
(25,887
|
)
|
|||
|
Property and equipment, net
|
$
|
27,281
|
|
$
|
18,034
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was $12.3 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $2.3 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $4.6 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. Included in those amounts are depreciation expense related to internal-use software of $6.0 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $1.3 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $2.5 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. The net carrying value of capitalized internal-use software was $14.6 and $8.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
In December 2011, we acquired Bonneville Bancorp, which resulted in
$10.8 million
of goodwill and $0.4 million of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangibles reflect the estimated value of deposit relationships and is subject to amortization. The estimated remaining amortization period of our core deposit intangibles is fifteen years. We recorded our core deposit intangibles as a component of prepaid expenses and other assets in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.
67
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
In connection with our acquisition of Bonneville Bancorp, we acquired deposits of $33.7 million at the acquisition date. Deposits consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2011
|
|||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||
|
Non-interest bearing deposit accounts
|
|||
|
Checking
|
$
|
19,095
|
|
|
Demand deposit
|
51
|
|
|
|
Total non-interest bearing deposit accounts
|
19,146
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing deposit accounts
|
|||
|
Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW)
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
Savings
|
7,118
|
|
|
|
Time deposits, denominations greater or equal than $100
|
1,381
|
|
|
|
Time deposits, denominations less than $100
|
9,700
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing deposit accounts
|
19,811
|
|
|
|
Total deposits
|
$
|
38,957
|
|
We had no deposits at December 31, 2010. The scheduled contractual maturities for total time deposits are presented in the table below:
|
December 31, 2011
|
(in thousands)
|
||
|
Due in 2012
|
$
|
7,554
|
|
|
Due in 2013
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
Due in 2014
|
459
|
|
|
|
Due in 2015
|
319
|
|
|
|
Due in 2016
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
—
|
|
|
|
Total time deposits
|
$
|
11,081
|
|
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no related party receivables or payables.
Prior to December 31, 2009, we had related party notes receivable, as described below. All of these related party notes receivable were repaid in full, including accrued interest of $936,000, in November 2009.
We loaned $3.0 million in March 2004 and $0.8 million in February 2006 to our current Chief Executive Officer bearing interest at rates of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively, compounded semiannually. All principal and unpaid interest outstanding under the loans was due in March 2011. The loans were collateralized by 2,500,000 shares of our common stock owned by the officer and pledged under a stock pledge agreement. We classified the outstanding balance of these loans, including capitalized interest of $735,000 at July 31, 2009 as a reduction in stockholders’ equity. We recorded interest on these loans of $41,000 for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $160,000 for the year ended July 31, 2009 as additional paid-in-capital.
During the three-year period ended July 31, 2009, we loaned an aggregate amount of $1.1 million to an executive to purchase common stock. The $1.1 million was loaned in seven installments, each installment ranging from $18,000 to $622,000. The interest rate on the loan was specified for each installment and ranged from 2.72% to 5.14%, compounded semiannually. All principal and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan was due in May 2013. The loan was collateralized by 898,000 shares of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the loan, including capitalized interest of $127,000 at July 31, 2009 as a reduction in stockholders’ equity. We recorded interest on these loans of $13,000 for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $50,000 for the year ended July 31, 2009 as additional paid-in-capital.
We loaned $120,000 in February 2008 to our current Chief Financial Officer to purchase common stock. The loan had an interest rate of 3.48%, compounded semiannually. All principal and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan
68
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
was due in February 2015. The loan was collateralized by 85,000 shares of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the loan, including capitalized interest of $7,000 at July 31, 2009 as a reduction in stockholders’ equity. We recorded interest on the loan of $1,000 for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $5,000 for the year ended July 31, 2009 as additional paid-in-capital.
The components of income tax expense were as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Current:
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Federal
|
$
|
29,583
|
|
$
|
26,638
|
|
$
|
4,389
|
|
$
|
22,645
|
|
|||
|
State
|
2,096
|
|
1,466
|
|
1,845
|
|
5,988
|
|
|||||||
|
Current income tax expense
|
31,679
|
|
28,104
|
|
6,234
|
|
28,633
|
|
|||||||
|
Deferred:
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Federal
|
251
|
|
(579
|
)
|
3,114
|
|
(1,662
|
)
|
|||||||
|
State
|
—
|
|
(125
|
)
|
416
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
251
|
|
(704
|
)
|
3,530
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
$
|
31,930
|
|
$
|
27,400
|
|
$
|
9,764
|
|
$
|
26,902
|
|
|||
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009 varied from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes. A reconciliation between the expected federal income tax expense using the federal statutory tax rate of 35% and our actual income tax expense was as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
U.S. federal statutory tax rate
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
35.0
|
%
|
|||
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
1.6
|
|
3.8
|
|
6.7
|
|
6.1
|
|
|||
|
Non-deductible offering costs
|
—
|
|
2.4
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Change in tax state apportionment method
|
—
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Other
|
1.4
|
|
2.7
|
|
—
|
|
0.9
|
|
|||
|
Effective tax rate
|
38.0
|
%
|
39.3
|
%
|
41.7
|
%
|
42.0
|
%
|
|||
The effective tax rates for the periods above differ from the expected federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes, net of the federal tax benefit. Certain enacted tax law changes, which became effective January 1, 2011, reduced the income we apportion to California from the comparable period in 2010, resulting in a lower effective state tax rate in 2011. The year ended
December 31, 2010
was impacted in large part by two discrete items. The California Franchise Tax Board, or FTB, approved our petition to retroactively apply an alternative apportionment method to our income tax returns filed for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended July 31, 2009. We recognized this benefit in the year ended
December 31, 2010
. This tax benefit was partially offset by non-deductible expenses related to our initial public offering recognized in the year ended
December 31, 2010
. Excluding the impact of these discrete items, our effective tax rate in 2010 would have been 41.5%.
69
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
December 31, 2011
|
December 31, 2010
|
||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|||||||
|
Reserve for overdrawn accounts
|
$
|
5,726
|
|
$
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
State income taxes
|
486
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
4,143
|
|
2,632
|
|
|||
|
Fair value adjustment on acquired loans
|
1,308
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Other
|
1,090
|
|
595
|
|
|||
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
12,753
|
|
8,030
|
|
|||
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|||||||
|
Internal-use software costs
|
(3,669
|
)
|
(3,254
|
)
|
|||
|
Deferred expenses
|
(3,987
|
)
|
(3,378
|
)
|
|||
|
Core deposit intangible
|
(162
|
)
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Property and equipment, net
|
(3,022
|
)
|
(1,338
|
)
|
|||
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
(10,840
|
)
|
(7,970
|
)
|
|||
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
$
|
1,913
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets as follows:
|
December 31, 2011
|
December 31, 2010
|
||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||
|
Current net deferred tax assets
|
$
|
6,664
|
|
$
|
5,398
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent net deferred tax liabilities
|
(4,751
|
)
|
(5,338
|
)
|
|||
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
$
|
1,913
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
In assessing whether a valuation allowance is needed for our deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon our generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Based upon the level of our historical taxable income and projections of our future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we recorded no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.
As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $316,000 of net operating loss carryforwards, which are expected to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2010, we had no unutilized net operating loss carryforwards.
In accounting for income taxes, we follow the guidance related to uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance prescribes a comprehensive framework for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain income tax positions that we have taken or anticipate taking in a tax return, and includes guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and transition rules. We have concluded that we have no significant unrecognized tax benefits. We are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and various state tax authorities. Our consolidated federal income tax returns for the years ended July 31, 2005 and 2008 have been examined by the IRS, and there have been no material changes in our tax liabilities for those years. We generally remain subject to examination of our federal income tax returns for the year ended July 31, 2008 and later years. We generally remain subject to examination of our various state income tax returns for a period of four to five years from the respective dates the returns were filed.
70
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
We have a line of credit used to fund timing differences between funds remitted by our retail distributors to the banks that issue our cards and funds utilized by our cardholders. For the periods presented below, our line of credit had the following terms:
|
Line of Credit
|
Interest Rate
|
Cash Collateral Requirements
|
|||||||
|
(in millions, except interest rates)
|
|||||||||
|
March 2009 - March 2010
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
LIBOR + 1.50%
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
||
|
March 2010 - March 2011
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
LIBOR + 3.50%
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
||
|
March 2011 - March 2012
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
LIBOR + 2.00%
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
||
We present our cash collateral requirements on our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash. There were no outstanding borrowings at
December 31, 2011
or
2010
.
Financial instruments that subject us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, investment securities, accounts receivable, loans and settlement assets. We deposit our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and our restricted cash with regional and national banking institutions, including certain of our card issuing banks, that we periodically monitor and evaluate for creditworthiness. Credit risk for our investment securities is mitigated by the types of investment securities in our portfolio, which must comply with strict investment guidelines that we believe appropriately ensures the preservation of invested capital. Credit risk for our accounts receivable is concentrated with card issuing banks and our customers, and this risk is mitigated by the relatively short collection period and our large customer base. We do not require or maintain collateral for accounts receivable. We maintain reserves for uncollectible overdrawn accounts and uncollectible trade receivables. Approximately 92% of our borrowers reside in the state of Utah and approximately 50% in the city of Provo. Consequently, we are susceptible to any adverse market or environmental conditions that may impact this specific geographic region. Credit risk for our settlement assets is concentrated with our retail distributors, which we periodically monitor.
Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity
In March 2010, our board of directors amended our Certificate of Incorporation to adopt a dual class structure for our common stock. The two classes of common stock are Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Upon adoption, all of our common stock outstanding converted to Class B common stock. In July 2010, we filed a restated Certificate of Incorporation that increased the number of authorized Class A and Class B common stock from 75,000,000 shares each to 100,000,000 shares each and reduced the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 25,553,267 to 5,000,000. In December 2011, we filed a restated Certificate of Incorporation that authorized 10,085 shares of Series A Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred Stock.
Convertible Preferred Stock
On December 8, 2011, we entered into and completed a share exchange with a significant shareholder, whereby 6,859,000 shares of our Class B common stock were exchanged for 6,859 shares of our newly created series of preferred stock, Series A Junior Preferred Stock. We had no shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010. Our Certificate of Incorporation specified the following rights, preferences, and privileges for our Series A preferred stockholders.
Voting
Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting, subject to limited exceptions.
Dividends
Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends (on an as-converted basis, taking into account the conversion rate applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock at the time) only as, if and when any dividends are paid in respect of our Class A Common Stock.
71
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 13—Stockholders' Equity (continued)
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company (excluding a Reorganization Event (defined below)), of the assets of our company or the proceeds thereof legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and any Series A Preferred Stock outstanding at that time after payment to the holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock of an amount per share equal to (i) $0.01 plus (ii) any dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution.
In connection with any merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization involving our company (a “Reorganization Event”) and in which our Class A Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other consideration, holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive ratable amounts (on an as-converted basis, taking into account the conversion rate applicable to Series A Preferred Stock at the time) of the same consideration as is payable to holders of our Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Reorganization Event.
Conversion
Our Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into any other security except that it converts into Class A Common Stock if it is transferred by a holder (i) in a widespread public distribution, (ii) in a private sale or transfer in which the transferee acquires no more than 2% of any class of voting shares of our company, (iii) to a transferee that owns or controls more than 50% of the voting shares of our company without regard to any transfer from the transferring shareholder or (iv) to our company. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock so transferred will automatically convert into 1,000 shares (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar event) of our Class A Common Stock.
Common Stock
Our Certificate of Incorporation specifies the following rights, preferences, and privileges for our common stockholders.
Voting
Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. In general, holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:
|
•
|
If we were to seek to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and
|
|
•
|
If we were to seek to amend our Certificate of Incorporation in a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.
|
Our Certificate of Incorporation requires the separate vote and majority approval of each class of our common stock prior to distributions, reclassifications and mergers or consolidations that would result in one class of common stock being treated in a manner different from the other, subject to limited exceptions, and amendments of our Certificate of Incorporation that would affect our dual class stock structure.
We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that a holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock may not vote shares representing more than 14.9% of the voting power represented by the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock.
Dividends
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock
72
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 13—Stockholders' Equity (continued)
will receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock will receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be. However, in general and subject to certain limited exceptions, without approval of each class of our common stock, we may not pay any dividends or make other distributions with respect to any class of common stock unless at the same time we make a ratable dividend or distribution with respect to each outstanding share of common stock, regardless of class.
Liquidation
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of our preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.
Preemptive or Similar Rights
Neither our Class A nor our Class B common stock is entitled to preemptive rights, and neither is subject to redemption.
Conversion
Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for estate planning, intercompany and other similar transfers or upon the date that the total number of shares of our Class B common stock outstanding represents less than 10% of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding. Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued. No class of our common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of our common stock concurrently is subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.
Non-Employee Stock-Based Payments
Shares Subject to Repurchase
In May 2010, we amended our commercial agreement with Walmart, our largest retail distributor, and GE Money Bank. The amendment modifies the terms of our agreement related to our co-branded GPR MoneyCard, which significantly increased the sales commission rates we pay to Walmart for our products sold in their stores. The new agreement commenced on May 1, 2010 with a five-year term. As an incentive to amend our prepaid card program agreement, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock. These shares are subject to our right to repurchase them at $0.01 per share upon termination of our agreement with Walmart other than a termination arising out of our knowing, intentional and material breach of the agreement. Our right to repurchase the shares lapses with respect to 36,810 shares per month over the 60-month term of the agreement. The repurchase right will expire as to all shares of Class A common stock that remain subject to the repurchase right if we experience a “prohibited change of control,” as defined in the agreement, if we experience a “change of control,” as defined in the stock issuance agreement, or under certain other limited circumstances, which we currently believe are remote. As of
December 31, 2011
,
1,472,352
shares of Class A common stock issued to Walmart were subject to our repurchase right.
Warrant
On March 3, 2009, we entered into a sales and marketing agreement with a third party that contained a contingent warrant feature. The warrant provides the third party with an option to purchase 3,426,765 shares of our common stock at a per share price of $23.70 if certain sales volume or revenue targets are achieved. A further 856,691 shares become eligible for purchase under the warrant should either of these targets be achieved and additional specified marketing and promotional activities take place.
The shares become eligible for purchase under the warrant at any time the targets are achieved prior to the earlier of March 3, 2014 or the termination of the sales and marketing agreement. Once eligible for purchase, the purchase option expires on the earliest of: (1) the date at which the sales and marketing agreement with the third party is terminated; (2) the date of a change of control transaction of our company; or (3) March 3, 2017.
73
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 13—Stockholders' Equity (continued)
The warrant is redeemable for cash by the holder if we fail to perform in accordance with the customary contractual terms of the sales and marketing agreement. Should the third party fail to perform in accordance with the terms of the sales and marketing agreement, we obtain an option to repurchase any shares previously issued under the warrant.
As the option to purchase shares under the warrant is contingent upon the achievement of certain sales volume or revenue targets, there is a possibility that no shares will become eligible for purchase. Based on different possible outcomes, we developed a range of fair values for the warrant, and we measured the warrant at its current lowest aggregate fair value within that range. As none of the performance conditions have been met, the lowest aggregate fair value is zero. Accordingly, we have not assigned any value to the warrant in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.
Follow-on Offering
On December 13, 2010, we completed a follow-on offering of 4,269,051 shares of our Class A common stock at an offering price of $61.00 per share, all of which were sold by existing stockholders. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock on the follow-on offering. Concurrent with the completion of the follow-on offering, certain selling stockholders exercised vested options to purchase 936,301 shares of Class B common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.32 in order to sell the underlying shares of Class A common stock in the follow-on offering. We received aggregate proceeds of $4.0 million from these exercises.
Registration Rights Agreement
We are a party to a registration rights agreement with certain of our investors, pursuant to which we have granted those persons or entities the right to register shares of common stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Holders of these rights are entitled to demand that we register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act so long as certain conditions are satisfied and require us to include their shares of common stock in future registration statements that may be filed, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders exercising registration rights. In addition, after an initial public offering, these holders have the right to request that their shares of common stock be registered on a Form S-3 registration statement so long as certain conditions are satisfied and the anticipated aggregate sales price of the registered shares as of the date of filing of the Form S-3 registration statement is at least $1 million. The foregoing registration rights are subject to various conditions and limitations, including the right of underwriters of an offering to limit the number of registrable securities that may be included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as to any particular shares on the date on which the holder sells such shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We are generally required to bear all of the expenses of these registrations, except underwriting commissions, selling discounts and transfer taxes.
We are not obligated under the registration rights agreement to transfer consideration, whether in cash, equity instruments, or adjustments to the terms of the financial instruments that are subject to the registration payment arrangement, to the investors, if the registration statement is not declared effective within the specified time or if effectiveness of the registration statement is not maintained.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
In October 2006, we entered into an agreement with a card issuing bank to provide a co-branded GPR card program with a major retail distributor. We also entered into equity financing transactions with the bank and an affiliated investment entity, under which we issued a warrant to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock in October 2006 and 2,926,458 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series D, in December 2006. We received cash consideration of $20.0 million from the equity financing transactions. The holder of Series D was entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at a per annum rate of $0.547 per share and to participate in dividends on common stock on an as-converted basis, subject to the declaration by our board of directors out of funds legally available. Series D was redeemable for cash at the option of the holder on the seventh anniversary of its issuance. Series D was also convertible into our common stock any time prior to redemption, at the option of the holder, based on a conversion ratio. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holder of Series D was entitled to receive an amount equal to $6.834 per share plus 20% per annum from the date of issuance.
The freestanding warrant we issued entitled the holder to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at a per share price of $6.834 any time prior to the earliest of: a) the date of our initial public offering; b) the date of a change in control of our company; or c) October 27, 2013. The warrant was not redeemable.
74
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
We allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the Series D and the freestanding warrant to these instruments on a relative fair value basis. The initial allocated value of the warrant calculated using an option-pricing model was $1.3 million. As the warrant allowed settlement only in the underlying common stock, it was recorded at its initial allocated value as a component of additional paid-in capital.
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other provisions, we classified Series D as temporary equity at its initial allocated value of $18.7 million. We determined that Series D did not contain any beneficial conversion features. We accreted the carrying value of the stock to its redemption value at each reporting period with a charge to retained earnings.
On December 19, 2008, we entered into an agreement with the sole holder of Series D for an early redemption of the 2,926,458 outstanding shares. The agreed redemption value was $39.2 million, or $13.38 per share, which we paid in cash on December 19, 2008. Upon redemption, the Series D preferred shares were canceled.
In addition, on December 19, 2008, we purchased a call option, which entitled us to purchase the freestanding warrant on 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of approximately $2.0 million. The call option was exercisable any time during the period March 1, 2009 to September 1, 2009. In June 2009, we exercised the call option and repurchased the warrant.
Comprehensive Income
The components of comprehensive income, net of tax, are as follows:
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
52,083
|
|
$
|
42,232
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|||
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net change in unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale, net
|
30
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Total comprehensive income
|
$
|
52,113
|
|
$
|
42,232
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|||
The tax impact for the year ended December 31, 2011 for the unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale was approximately $18,000.
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
In January 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Plan. The 2001 Stock Plan provided for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and other stock awards. Options granted under the 2001 Stock Plan generally vest over four years and expire five or ten years from the date of grant.
In June 2010, our board of directors adopted, and in July 2010 our stockholders approved, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which replaced our 2001 Stock Plan, and the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We reserved 2,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will increase automatically on the first day of January of each of 2011 through 2014 by up to a number of shares equal to 3% of the total outstanding shares our Class A and Class B common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance shares and stock bonuses. Options granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over four years and expire five or ten years from the date of grant.
The 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan enables eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock periodically at a discount. Our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. We reserved 200,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan automatically increase on the first day of January of each of 2011 through 2018 by up to the number of shares equal to 1% of the total outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st.
75
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 14—Stock-Based Compensation (continued)
Our board of directors or its compensation committee may reduce the amount of the annual increase under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan or 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in any particular year. Options granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over four years and expire five or ten years from the date of grant.
The total stock-based compensation expense recognized was $9.5 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $6.8 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $2.5 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. Stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 includes expense related to awards of stock options and restricted stock units and purchases under the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The total income tax expense recognized as a component of stock-based compensation was $1.8 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $2.6 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.4 million for the year ended July 31, 2009.
Options and restricted stock units granted on or after July 21, 2010 are issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and options granted prior to July 21, 2010 were issued under the 2001 Stock Plan, the predecessor to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. We have reserved shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2001 Stock Plan, respectively.
The following table summarizes information for the stock options and restricted stock units that we granted:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stock options granted
|
889,254
|
|
349,000
|
|
1,389,250
|
|
749,300
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
$
|
38.70
|
|
$
|
32.38
|
|
$
|
19.75
|
|
$
|
11.32
|
|
|||
|
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
|
$
|
18.62
|
|
$
|
15.66
|
|
$
|
9.47
|
|
$
|
6.98
|
|
|||
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
110,503
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
|
$
|
33.46
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
1.92
|
%
|
2.18
|
%
|
2.56
|
%
|
2.26
|
%
|
|||
|
Expected term (life) of options (in years)
|
6.06
|
|
5.92
|
|
6.08
|
|
6.08
|
|
|||
|
Expected dividends
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Expected volatility
|
48.35
|
%
|
49.41
|
%
|
46.9
|
%
|
53.2
|
%
|
|||
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at their respective grant dates requires considerable judgment, including estimating expected volatility and expected term (life). We based our expected volatility on the historical volatility of comparable public companies over the option’s expected term. We calculated our expected term based on the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the weighted-average graded-vesting term and the contractual term. The simplified method was chosen as a means to determine expected term as there is limited historical option exercise experience due to our company being newly public. We derived the risk-free rate from the average yield for the five-and seven-year zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips. We estimate forfeitures at the grant date based on our historical forfeiture rate since the Plan’s inception and revise the estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
Stock Awards
In December 2009, our board of directors awarded 257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair value of the December 2009 award was approximately $5.2 million, based on an estimated fair value of our common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board of directors on the date of the award. We recorded the aggregate grant date fair value as compensation and benefits expense on the date of the award.
76
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 14—Stock-Based Compensation (continued)
Option activity for the year ended July 31, 2009, the five months ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 was as follows:
|
Number of Shares
|
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
|
|||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|||||||||
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2008
|
4,795
|
|
2.76
|
|
|||||
|
Options granted
|
812
|
|
11.32
|
|
|||||
|
Options canceled
|
(664
|
)
|
4.24
|
|
|||||
|
Options exercised
|
(35
|
)
|
3.21
|
|
|||||
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2009
|
4,908
|
|
3.88
|
|
|||||
|
Options granted
|
1,389
|
|
19.75
|
|
|||||
|
Options canceled
|
(48
|
)
|
10.15
|
|
|||||
|
Options exercised
|
(562
|
)
|
1.68
|
|
|||||
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
5,687
|
|
7.98
|
|
|||||
|
Options granted
|
349
|
|
32.38
|
|
|||||
|
Options canceled
|
(143
|
)
|
21.38
|
|
|||||
|
Options exercised
|
(1,550
|
)
|
3.61
|
|
|||||
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
4,343
|
|
11.25
|
|
|||||
|
Options granted
|
889
|
|
38.70
|
|
|||||
|
Options canceled
|
(132
|
)
|
37.38
|
|
|||||
|
Options exercised
|
(344
|
)
|
9.18
|
|
|||||
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
|
4,756
|
|
15.79
|
|
$
|
79,696
|
|
||
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2011
|
4,711
|
|
15.64
|
|
$
|
79,609
|
|
||
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2011
|
3,035
|
|
8.43
|
|
$
|
69,521
|
|
||
The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $4.4 million and $76.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $10.0 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.3 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. Approximately 2.3 million shares are available for grant under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2011.
Restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 was as follows:
|
Number of RSUs
|
Unvested RSUs
|
||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
RSUs granted
|
111
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
RSUs canceled
|
(1
|
)
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
RSUs vested
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
|
110
|
|
110
|
|
|
77
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:
|
Options Outstanding
|
Options Currently Exercisable
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise Price
|
Number Outstanding
|
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years)
|
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
|
Number Outstanding
|
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years)
|
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
|
||||||||||||||
|
0.83-1.41
|
364,599
|
|
2.64
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
364,599
|
|
2.64
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
||||||
|
1.55-4.00
|
542,710
|
|
2.46
|
|
1.58
|
|
542,710
|
|
2.46
|
|
1.58
|
|
||||||||
|
4.64-10.75
|
1,474,366
|
|
6.31
|
|
6.16
|
|
1,363,809
|
|
6.26
|
|
5.79
|
|
||||||||
|
10.84-17.19
|
136,140
|
|
7.51
|
|
15.83
|
|
63,709
|
|
7.50
|
|
15.85
|
|
||||||||
|
20.01-31.61
|
1,422,169
|
|
8.09
|
|
21.69
|
|
628,652
|
|
7.89
|
|
20.37
|
|
||||||||
|
31.63-55.52
|
815,684
|
|
9.23
|
|
38.91
|
|
71,992
|
|
7.78
|
|
36.02
|
|
||||||||
|
4,755,668
|
|
3,035,471
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options were $3.0 million and $24.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $1.9 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0 for the year ended July 31, 2009. Cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $3.2 million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, $0.9 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.1 million for the year ended July 31, 2009. The aggregate unrecognized compensation cost for unvested stock options and RSU awards expected to be recognized in compensation expense in future periods was $19.0 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2011, respectively, and the related weighted-average period over which the compensation expense is expected to be recognized was estimated at 2.8 years and 0.8 years, respectively.
Stock-Based Retailer Incentive Compensation
As discussed in
Note 13 — Stockholders’ Equity
, we issued Walmart 2,208,552 shares of our Class A common stock. We recognize the fair value of 36,810 shares each month over the 60-month term of the commercial agreement. An early expiration of our right to repurchase as described above would, however, result in the recognition of the fair value of all the shares still subject to repurchase on the date of the expiration. We currently assess an early expiration of our repurchase right to be remote. We record the fair value recognized as stock-based retailer incentive compensation, a contra-revenue component of our total operating revenues. We recognize monthly the fair value of the shares for which our right to repurchase has lapsed using the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. We recognized
$17.3 million
and
$13.4 million
of stock-based retailer incentive compensation for the years ended
December 31, 2011
and
2010
, respectively.
We calculate EPS using the two-class method. Refer to
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
for a discussion of the calculation of EPS. The calculation of basic EPS and diluted EPS was as follows:
78
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 15—Earnings per Common Share (continued)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Basic earnings per Class A common share
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
52,083
|
|
$
|
42,232
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
(558
|
)
|
(14,659
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Allocated earnings to other classes of common stock
|
(24,022
|
)
|
(24,408
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders
|
27,503
|
|
3,165
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding
|
22,238
|
|
2,980
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Basic earnings per Class A common share
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Diluted earnings per Class A common share
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders
|
$
|
27,503
|
|
$
|
3,165
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Allocated earnings to participating securities, net of re-allocated earnings
|
23,585
|
|
24,366
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Re-allocated earnings
|
(1,036
|
)
|
(231
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted net income allocated to Class A common stockholders
|
50,052
|
|
27,300
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding
|
22,238
|
|
2,980
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Class B common stock
|
19,822
|
|
24,796
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Stock options
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Restricted stock units
|
3
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Employee stock purchase plan
|
2
|
|
6
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted weighted-average Class A shares issued and outstanding
|
42,065
|
|
27,782
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted earnings per Class A common share
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
79
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Note 15—Earnings per Common Share (continued)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Basic earnings per Class B common share
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
52,083
|
|
$
|
42,232
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|||
|
Allocated earnings and deemed dividends to preferred stock
|
(558
|
)
|
(14,659
|
)
|
(9,170
|
)
|
(27,044
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Allocated earnings to other classes of common stock
|
(29,613
|
)
|
(4,644
|
)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Net income allocated to Class B common stockholders
|
21,912
|
|
22,929
|
|
4,493
|
|
8,163
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average Class B shares issued and outstanding
|
17,718
|
|
21,589
|
|
12,222
|
|
12,036
|
|
|||||||
|
Basic earnings per Class B common share
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|||
|
Diluted earnings per Class B common share
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net income allocated to Class B common stockholders
|
$
|
21,912
|
|
$
|
22,929
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|||
|
Re-allocated earnings
|
1,673
|
|
1,437
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted net income allocated to Class B common stockholders
|
23,585
|
|
24,366
|
|
4,493
|
|
8,163
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted-average Class B shares issued and outstanding
|
17,718
|
|
21,589
|
|
12,222
|
|
12,036
|
|
|||||||
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Stock options
|
2,104
|
|
3,061
|
|
2,941
|
|
2,978
|
|
|||||||
|
Warrants
|
—
|
|
146
|
|
262
|
|
698
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted weighted-average Class B shares issued and outstanding
|
19,822
|
|
24,796
|
|
15,425
|
|
15,712
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted earnings per Class B common share
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|||
As of
December 31, 2011
,
1,472,352
shares of Class A common stock issued to Walmart were subject to our repurchase right. Basic and diluted EPS for these shares were the same as basic and diluted EPS for our Class A common stock for the years ended
December 31, 2011
and
2010
.
We excluded from the computation of basic EPS all shares issuable under an unvested warrant to purchase 4,283,456 shares of our Class B common stock, as the related performance conditions had not been satisfied.
For the periods presented, we excluded all shares of convertible preferred stock and certain stock options outstanding, which could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future, from the computation of diluted EPS as their effect was anti-dilutive. The following table shows the weighted-average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the diluted EPS calculation:
80
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options to purchase Class A common stock
|
258
|
|
22
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Restricted stock units
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
451
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Total options and restricted stock units
|
709
|
|
22
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Class B common stock
|
|||||||||||
|
Options to purchase Class B common stock
|
5
|
|
11
|
|
223
|
|
97
|
|
|||
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
—
|
|
13,803
|
|
24,942
|
|
25,674
|
|
|||
|
Total options and convertible preferred stock
|
5
|
|
13,814
|
|
25,165
|
|
25,771
|
|
|||
On January 1, 2004, we established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the month in which they commence service with us. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the code. We may contribute to the plan at the discretion of our board of directors. Effective January 1, 2010, our board elected to include a discretionary employer matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of the participant’s eligible compensation as defined by the Plan. Our contributions are allocated in the same manner as that of the participant’s elective contributions. We made contributions to the plan of $944,000 and $686,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $0 for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and $58,000 for the year ended July 31, 2009.
We currently lease approximately 84,000 square feet in Monrovia, California for our corporate headquarters, pursuant to lease agreements for approximately 75,000 square feet that expire in September 2012 and 4,000 square feet that expire in December 2012 and a sub-lease agreement of approximately 5,000 square feet that expires in December 2013. We also maintain smaller administrative or project offices. Our total rental expense for these leases amounted to $2.6 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $0.6 million for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and $1.4 million for the year ended July 31, 2009.
On December 6, 2011, we entered into a ten-year office lease pursuant to which we will lease a new headquarters facility, consisting of 140,000 square feet of office space in Pasadena, California. The initial term of the lease is ten years and is scheduled to commence November 1, 2012 and expire on October 31, 2022. We will relocate our employees to this new office space prior to the expiration of the lease on our current headquarters. We did not take possession of or control the physical use of this property during 2011, and accordingly, we did not recognize any rent expense associated with this lease agreement.
At December 31, 2011, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under all operating leases was:
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
(in thousands)
|
||
|
2012
|
$
|
3,169
|
|
|
2013
|
3,943
|
|
|
|
2014
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
2015
|
3,963
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
29,367
|
|
|
|
$
|
43,979
|
|
|
81
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
We have various agreements with vendors and retail distributors that include future minimum annual payments. At December 31, 2011, the minimum aggregate commitment under these agreements was:
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
(in thousands)
|
||
|
2012
|
$
|
7,706
|
|
|
2013
|
3,602
|
|
|
|
2014
|
328
|
|
|
|
2015
|
—
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
—
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,636
|
|
|
In the event we terminate our processing services agreement for convenience, we are required to pay a single lump sum equal to any minimum payments remaining on the date of termination.
We have retained outside regulatory counsel to survey and monitor the laws of all 50 states to identify state laws or regulations that apply to prepaid debit cards and other stored value products. Many state laws do not specifically address stored value products and what, if any, legal or regulatory requirements (including licensing) apply to the sale of these products. We have obtained money transmitter licenses (or similar such licenses) where applicable, based on advice of counsel or when we have been requested to do so. If we were found to be in violation of any laws and regulations governing banking, money transmitters, electronic fund transfers, or money laundering in the United States or abroad, we could be subject to penalties or could be forced to change our business practices.
In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various legal proceedings. We review these actions on an ongoing basis to determine whether it is probable that a loss has occurred and use that information when making accrual and disclosure decisions. We have not established reserves or possible ranges of losses related to these proceedings because, at this time in the proceedings, the matters do not relate to a probable loss and/or the amounts are not reasonably estimable.
From time to time we enter into contracts containing provisions that contingently require us to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) contracts with our card issuing banks, under which we are responsible to them for any unrecovered overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts; (ii) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from our use of the premises, (iii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under which we may be required to indemnify these persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with us, (iv) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify our retail distributors, suppliers, vendors and other parties with whom we have contracts against third-party claims that our products infringe a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right claims arising from our acts, omissions, or violation of law.
Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. With the exception of overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts, historically, we have not been required to make payments under these and similar contingent obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.
For additional information regarding overdrafts on cardholders’ accounts, refer to
Note 4 — Accounts
Receivable
.
A credit concentration may exist if customers are involved in similar industries, economic sectors, and geographic regions. Our retail distributors operate in similar economic sectors but diverse domestic geographic regions. The loss of a significant retail distributor could have a material adverse effect upon our card sales, profitability, and revenue growth.
82
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors represented the following percentages of our total operating revenues:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
Walmart
|
61
|
%
|
63
|
%
|
63
|
%
|
56
|
%
|
|||
|
Three other largest retail distributors, as a group
|
20
|
%
|
20
|
%
|
23
|
%
|
27
|
%
|
|||
Excluding stock-based retailer incentive compensation of
$17.3 million
and
$13.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors represented the following percentages of our total operating revenues:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
Walmart
|
62
|
%
|
64
|
%
|
63
|
%
|
56
|
%
|
|||
|
Three other largest retail distributors, as a group
|
19
|
%
|
18
|
%
|
23
|
%
|
27
|
%
|
|||
The concentration of GPR cards activated (in units) and the concentration of sales of cash transfer products (in units) derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors was as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Five Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Year Ended July 31, 2009
|
||||||||
|
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
|
Concentration of GPR cards activated (in units)
|
80
|
%
|
84
|
%
|
94
|
%
|
95
|
%
|
|||
|
Concentration of sales of cash transfer products (in units)
|
90
|
%
|
93
|
%
|
93
|
%
|
92
|
%
|
|||
Settlement assets derived from our products sold at our four largest retail distributors comprised the following percentages of the settlement assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet:
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
December 31, 2010
|
|||
|
Walmart
|
33
|
%
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
Three other largest retail distributors, as a group
|
39
|
%
|
31
|
%
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the five months ended December 31, 2009, and the year ended July 31, 2009, the substantial majority of the customer funds underlying our products were held in bank accounts at two card issuing banks. These funds are held in trust for the benefit of the customers, and we have no legal rights to the customer funds or deposits at the card issuing banks. Additionally, we have receivables due from these card issuing banks included in accounts receivable, net, on our consolidated balance sheets. The failure of either of these card issuing banks could result in significant business disruption, a potential material adverse affect on our ability to service our customers, potential contingent obligations by us to customers and material write-offs of uncollectible receivables due from these card issuing banks.
Our subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank, is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System and our primary regulator is the Federal Reserve Board. We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
As of
December 31, 2011
, we were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, we must maintain specific total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since
December 31, 2011
83
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
which management believes would have changed our category as well capitalized. We were not subject to these requirements as of
December 31, 2010
.
The actual, required minimum and amount we exceed the minimum capital amounts and ratios at
December 31, 2011
are as follows:
|
Actual Amount
|
Regulatory "well capitalized" minimum
|
Amount We Exceed Regulatory "well capitalized" minimum
|
|||||||||
|
(in thousands, except ratios)
|
|||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital
|
$
|
228,971
|
|
$
|
16,578
|
|
$
|
212,393
|
|
||
|
Total risk-based capital
|
228,971
|
|
28,374
|
|
200,597
|
|
|||||
|
Average total assets for leverage capital purposes
|
331,554
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
|
|||||
|
Total risk weighted assets
|
283,737
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
|
|||||
|
Tier 1 leverage ratio
|
69.1
|
%
|
5.0
|
%
|
64.1
|
%
|
|||||
|
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
|
80.7
|
%
|
6.0
|
%
|
74.7
|
%
|
|||||
|
Total risk-based capital ratio
|
80.7
|
%
|
10.0
|
%
|
70.7
|
%
|
|||||
The following tables set forth a summary of our quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
|
Q4
|
Q3
|
Q2
|
Q1
|
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|||||||||||||||
|
2011
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
$
|
119,674
|
|
$
|
115,387
|
|
$
|
115,030
|
|
$
|
117,307
|
|
|||
|
Total operating expenses
|
97,388
|
|
94,079
|
|
95,680
|
|
96,802
|
|
|||||||
|
Operating income
|
22,286
|
|
21,308
|
|
19,350
|
|
20,505
|
|
|||||||
|
Interest income, net
|
192
|
|
134
|
|
136
|
|
102
|
|
|||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
22,478
|
|
21,442
|
|
19,486
|
|
20,607
|
|
|||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
8,470
|
|
8,139
|
|
7,416
|
|
7,906
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
14,008
|
|
$
|
13,303
|
|
$
|
12,070
|
|
$
|
12,701
|
|
|||
|
Earnings per share
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Basic
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|||
|
Diluted
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|||
84
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
|
Q4
|
Q3
|
Q2
|
Q1
|
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|||||||||||||||
|
2010
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Total operating revenues
|
$
|
91,847
|
|
$
|
88,904
|
|
$
|
90,318
|
|
$
|
92,819
|
|
|||
|
Total operating expenses
|
79,190
|
|
73,481
|
|
73,164
|
|
68,734
|
|
|||||||
|
Operating income
|
12,657
|
|
162,385
|
|
163,482
|
|
161,553
|
|
|||||||
|
Interest income, net
|
92
|
|
88
|
|
84
|
|
49
|
|
|||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
12,749
|
|
162,473
|
|
163,566
|
|
161,602
|
|
|||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
4,811
|
|
6,540
|
|
4,730
|
|
11,319
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
7,938
|
|
$
|
155,933
|
|
$
|
158,836
|
|
$
|
150,283
|
|
|||
|
Earnings per share
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Basic
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|||
|
Diluted
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Class A common stock
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Class B common stock
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|||
On January 19, 2012, we amended our agreement with Total System Services, Inc., dated September 1, 2009, pursuant to which we agreed to extend the term of the agreement by two years to August 31, 2014.
None.
Disclosure controls and procedures —
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 13d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) at the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, at the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Report of management on internal control over financial reporting —
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for Green Dot Corporation. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in
Internal Control - Integrated Framework
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have excluded from our evaluation, the internal control over financial reporting of the operations of Bonneville Bancorp and its subsidiary bank, Green Dot Bank (formerly Bonneville Bank), which we acquired on December 8, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, total net assets subject to Bonneville Bancorp and Green Dot Bank's internal control over financial reporting represented $29.8 million or 11.7% of our total net assets. Total revenue subject to Bonneville Bancorp and Green Dot Bank's internal control over financial reporting represented $15,000 of our total operating revenues, or less than 0.0001% of total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011.
85
Our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on these criteria.
Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Change in internal control over financial reporting —
There was no material change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) during the three months ended
December 31, 2011
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls —
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.
Effective February 24, 2012, we entered into a separation agreement with Mark T. Troughton to provide for the terms of his separation from and associated release of claims against the company. We previously reported Mr. Troughton's notice of resignation from the company in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2012. Under the agreement, Mr. Troughton will receive a monthly cash severance payment of $39,583.33 from March 2012 to January 2013 and a bonus payment of $85,215 for the second half of 2011 under our 2011 Executive Officer Incentive Bonus Plan. In addition, the vesting of any unvested stock options he held as of the date of the agreement was fully accelerated and the exercise period for all his stock options was extended to January 10, 2013. Mr. Troughton will also be eligible to continue his group health plan coverage at his own expense through COBRA. In connection with his entry into the separation agreement, Mr. Troughton entered into a three-year agreement to vote any shares of our capital stock he now holds, or may acquire, in accordance with the recommendation of our management or board of directors with respect to each matter on which the holders of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock are entitled to vote.
The foregoing descriptions of the separation agreement and voting agreement are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Separation Agreement and Release of Claims and Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy, copies of which are filed as Exhibit 10.28 and 10.29 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
86
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2011.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2011.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2011.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2011.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the year ended December 31, 2011.
87
(a)
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this report:
1. Financial Statements
The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference as the list of financial statements required as part of this report.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
3. Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as part of or furnished with this annual report on Form 10-K as applicable:
The exhibit list in the Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of this report.
88
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
Green Dot Corporation
|
||||
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Streit
|
|
Name:
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|||
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Power of Attorney
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Steven W. Streit, John C. Ricci and John L. Keatley, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Streit
|
|
Name:
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|||
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John L. Keatley
|
|
Name:
|
John L. Keatley
|
|||
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Simon M. Heyrick
|
|
Name:
|
Simon M. Heyrick
|
|||
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
|
||
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
Name:
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|||
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
||
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|
Name:
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|||
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
||
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Virginia L. Hanna
|
|
Name:
|
Virginia L. Hanna
|
|||
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
||
89
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Ross E. Kendell
|
|
Name:
|
Ross E. Kendell
|
|||
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
||
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Moritz
|
|||
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Date:
|
February 29, 2012
|
By:
|
|
/s/ William H. Ott, Jr.
|
|
Name:
|
William H. Ott, Jr.
|
|||
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
|
90
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
||||||||||
|
Exhibit Number
|
Exhibit Title
|
Form
|
Date
|
Number
|
Filed Herewith
|
|||||
|
3.1
|
Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
|
S-1(A2)
|
April 26, 2010
|
3.02
|
||||||
|
3.2
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
3.04
|
||||||
|
3.3
|
Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Green Dot Corporation dated as of December 8, 2011
|
8-K
|
December 14, 2011
|
3.01
|
||||||
|
4.1
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and certain warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
4.01
|
||||||
|
4.2
|
First Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and certain warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
S-1(A7)
|
July 19, 2010
|
4.02
|
||||||
|
4.3
|
Second Amendment to the Ninth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 8, 2011 among Green Dot Corporation, Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P., PayPal, Inc., TCV VII, L.P., TCV VII (A), L.P., TCV Member Fund, L.P., YKA Partners Ltd. and David William Hanna Trust dated October 30, 1989
|
8-K
|
December 11, 2011
|
4.01
|
||||||
|
10.1
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
10.01
|
||||||
|
10.2*
|
Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and forms of notice of stock option grant, stock option agreement and stock option exercise letter.
|
S-1(A3)
|
June 2, 2010
|
10.02
|
||||||
|
10.3*
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of notice of stock option grant, stock option award agreement, notice of restricted stock award, restricted stock agreement, notice of stock bonus award, stock bonus award agreement, notice of stock appreciation right award, stock appreciation right award agreement, notice of restricted stock unit award, restricted stock unit award agreement, notice of performance shares award and performance shares agreement.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
10.03
|
||||||
|
10.4*
|
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
10.19
|
||||||
|
10.5
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology Center, dated July 8, 2005, as amended on August 21, 2008 and July 30, 2009.
|
S-1
|
February 26, 2010
|
10.04
|
||||||
|
10.6
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology center, dated May 24, 2010.
|
10-K
|
February 28, 2011
|
10.5
|
||||||
|
10.7
|
Standard Sublease, dated January 12, 2010, between the Registrant and Telscape Communications, Inc., as amended.
|
10-Q
|
November 3, 2010
|
10.01
|
||||||
|
10.8
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Wells REIT II - Pasadena Corporate Park L.P., dated December 5, 2011
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.9†
|
Amended and Restated Prepaid Card Program Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, by and among the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores East, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money Bank.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.05
|
||||||
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
||||||||||
|
Exhibit Number
|
Exhibit Title
|
Form
|
Date
|
Number
|
Filed Herewith
|
|||||
|
10.10††
|
First Amendment To Walmart MoneyCard Program Agreement dated as of January 12, 2012, (the “Tri-Party Agreement Amendment”) by and among Green Dot Corporation and Walmart Stores Texas L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores Arkansas, LLC, Wal-Mart Stores East, L.P., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., and GE Money Bank.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.11†
|
Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2006, by and between the Registrant and GE Money Bank, as amended.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.06
|
||||||
|
10.12†
|
Program Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Columbus Bank and Trust Company.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.07
|
||||||
|
10.13†
|
Agreement for Services, dated as of September 1, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Total System Services, Inc.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.08
|
||||||
|
10.14††
|
Material Terms Amendment to Agreement for Services, dated as of January 19, 2012, and between Green Dot Corporation and Total System Services, Inc.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.15†
|
Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.09
|
||||||
|
10.16
|
Amendment No. 1 to Master Services Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
10-K
|
February 28, 2011
|
10.11
|
||||||
|
10.17
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Line of Credit Agreement between Columbus Bank and Trust Company and Registrant, dated March 24, 2010.
|
S-1(A2)
|
April 26, 2010
|
10.1
|
||||||
|
10.18
|
Modification Agreement, dated March 31, 2010, between the Registrant and CB&T, a division of Synovus Bank.
|
10-Q
|
May 10, 2011
|
10.2
|
||||||
|
10.19*
|
Offer letter to William D. Sowell from the Registrant, dated January 28, 2009.
|
S-1
|
February 26, 2010
|
10.11
|
||||||
|
10.20*
|
Form of Executive Severance Agreement.
|
S-1(A2)
|
April 26, 2010
|
10.12
|
||||||
|
10.21*
|
2011 Executive Officer Incentive Bonus Plan.
|
10-Q
|
May 10, 2011
|
10.1
|
||||||
|
10.22*
|
2012 Executive Officer Incentive Bonus Plan.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.23
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.15
|
||||||
|
10.24
|
Amendment No.1 to Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.25
|
Class A Common Stock Issuance Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, between the Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
|
S-1(A6)
|
July 13, 2010
|
10.17
|
||||||
|
10.26
|
Share Exchange Agreement dated as of December 8, 2011 among Green Dot Corporation, Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P.
|
8-K
|
December 14, 2011
|
10.01
|
||||||
|
10.27
|
Voting Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, between the Registrant and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
|
S-1(A4)
|
June 29, 2010
|
10.18
|
||||||
|
10.28*
|
Separation Agreement and Release of Claims, dated as of February 24, 2012, between the Registrant and Mark T. Troughton.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
10.29
|
Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy, dated as of February 24, 2012, between the Registrant and Mark T. Troughton.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
||||||||||
|
Exhibit Number
|
Exhibit Title
|
Form
|
Date
|
Number
|
Filed Herewith
|
|||||
|
23.1
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
24.1
|
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
|
X
|
||||||||
|
31.1
|
Certification of Steven W. Streit, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
31.2
|
Certification of John L. Keatley, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
32.1
|
Certification of Steven W. Streit, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
32.2
|
Certification of John L. Keatley, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
X
|
||||||||
|
101.INS
|
XBRL Instance Document**
|
|||||||||
|
101.SCH
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
|
|||||||||
|
101.CAL
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**
|
|||||||||
|
101.DEF
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**
|
|||||||||
|
101.LAB
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**
|
|||||||||
|
101.PRE
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**
|
|||||||||
_____________
|
*
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
|
**
|
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections. The Interactive Data File will be filed by amendment to this Form 10-K within 30 days of the filing date of this Form 10-K, as permitted by Rule 405(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-T.
|
|
†
|
Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a grant of confidential treatment under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.
|
|
††
|
Confidential treatment has been requested with regard to certain portions of this document. Such portions were filed separately with the Commission.
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part IItem 1. BusinessItem 1A. Risk FactorsItem 1B. Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 2. PropertiesItem 3. Legal ProceedingsItem 4. Mine Safety DisclosuresPart IIItem 5. Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity SecuritiesItem 6. Selected Financial DataItem 7. Management S Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition and Results Of OperationsItem 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary DataNote 1 OrganizationNote 2 Summary Of Significant Accounting PoliciesNote 2 Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)Note 17 Commitments and ContingenciesNote 14 Stock-based CompensationNote 10 Income TaxesNote 15 Earnings Per Common ShareNote 3 Investment SecuritiesNote 3 Investment Securities (continued)Note 4 Accounts ReceivableNote 5 LoansNote 5 Loans (continued)Note 6 Property and EquipmentNote 7 Goodwill and Intangible AssetsNote 8 DepositsNote 9 Related Party TransactionsNote 9 Related Party Transactions (continued)Note 10 Income Taxes (continued)Note 11 Borrowing AgreementsNote 12 Concentrations Of Credit RiskNote 13 Stockholders EquityNote 13 Stockholders' Equity (continued)Note 14 Stock-based Compensation (continued)Note 15 Earnings Per Common Share (continued)Note 16 401(k) PlanNote 17 Commitments and Contingencies (continued)Note 4 AccountsNote 18 Significant Customer ConcentrationsNote 18 Significant Customer Concentration (continued)Note 19 Regulatory RequirementsNote 19 Regulatory Requirements (continued)Note 20 Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial InformationNote 20 Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information (continued)Note 21 Subsequent EventsItem 9. Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureItem 9A. Controls and ProceduresItem 9B. Other InformationPart IIIItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceItem 11. Executive CompensationItem 12. Securities Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersItem 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceItem 14. Principal Accounting Fees and ServicesPart IVItem 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules